欢迎来到三八资源网-打印机维修教程 复印机维修手册 打印机清零软件!


柯美

柯尼卡美能达AccurioPress C2070_C2070P_C2060 Print C2060L维修手册

本商品由官方自营店提供
价格:¥30VIP¥27SVIP¥3

购买数量: (库存:充足)

本商品可参与分享赚佣金计划 【佣金3元】 点击参与

柯尼卡美能达AccurioPress C2070_C2070P_C2060 Print C2060L维修手册

A. 安全和重要警告事项.............................................................................................A-1
1. 重要注意事项 ................................................................................................................................A-1
2. 危险 , 警告和注意事项说明 ...........................................................................................................A-2
2.1 本维修手册中的说明事项.......................................................................................................................... A-2
2.2 安全和重要警告事项说明.......................................................................................................................... A-2
3. 安全警告 .......................................................................................................................................A-3
3.1 未经柯尼卡美能达允许不得进行改动........................................................................................................ A-3
3.1.1 需要特别注意的行为 .......................................................................................................................... A-3
3.2 选择电源插头............................................................................................................................................ A-3
3.2.1 电源线组件或电源插头....................................................................................................................... A-4
3.3 进行现场维修时的检查要点 ...................................................................................................................... A-5
3.3.1 电源 ................................................................................................................................................... A-5
3.3.2 安装要求 ............................................................................................................................................ A-8
3.3.3 维修之后 ............................................................................................................................................ A-9
3.4 保险丝..................................................................................................................................................... A-12
3.5 旧电池的注意事项................................................................................................................................... A-13
3.5.1 所有地区 .......................................................................................................................................... A-13
3.5.2 德国 ................................................................................................................................................. A-13
3.5.3 法国 ................................................................................................................................................. A-13
3.5.4 丹麦 ................................................................................................................................................. A-13
3.5.5 芬兰 , 瑞典 ....................................................................................................................................... A-13
3.5.6 挪威 ................................................................................................................................................. A-13
4. 机器上的警告标识.......................................................................................................................A-14
4.1 机器内的警告标识................................................................................................................................... A-14
4.2 电路板上的警告标识 ...............................................................................................................................A-34
5. 出现事故时采取的措施................................................................................................................A-38
B. 手册内容的符号标识.............................................................................................B-1
1. 使用本手册时的注意事项 ..............................................................................................................B-1
2. 产品名称 .......................................................................................................................................B-2
3. 商标 ..............................................................................................................................................B-3
3.1 其它公司的商标 ........................................................................................................................................ B-3
3.2 自有商标 ................................................................................................................................................... B-3
4. 电气零件和信号.............................................................................................................................B-4
5. 进纸方向 .......................................................................................................................................B-6
C. 产品规格...............................................................................................................C-1
1. AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060,AccurioPrint C2060L ........................................................ C-1
1.1 类型 ..........................................................................................................................................................C-1
1.2 功能 ..........................................................................................................................................................C-1
1.3 纸张 ..........................................................................................................................................................C-2
1.4 建议的纸张................................................................................................................................................C-3
1.4.1 英制 ...................................................................................................................................................C-3
1.4.2 公制 ...................................................................................................................................................C-3
1.5 耗材 ..........................................................................................................................................................C-3
1.6 维修保养 ...................................................................................................................................................C-4
1.7 机器规格 ...................................................................................................................................................C-4
1.8 操作环境 ...................................................................................................................................................C-4
1.9 规格注意事项............................................................................................................................................C-4
2. HT-511......................................................................................................................................... C-5
2.1 类型 ..........................................................................................................................................................C-5
2.2 机器规格 ...................................................................................................................................................C-5
2.3 操作环境 ...................................................................................................................................................C-5
2.4 规格注意事项............................................................................................................................................C-5
3. DF-706......................................................................................................................................... C-6
3.1 类型 ..........................................................................................................................................................C-6
3.2 功能 ..........................................................................................................................................................C-6
3.3 原稿类型 ...................................................................................................................................................C-6
3.4 特殊原稿 ...................................................................................................................................................C-6
3.5 被禁止的原稿............................................................................................................................................C-7
3.6 混合原稿进纸图表.....................................................................................................................................C-7
3.7 机器规格 ...................................................................................................................................................C-7
3.8 操作环境 ...................................................................................................................................................C-7
3.9 规格注意事项............................................................................................................................................C-8
4. PF-602m ...................................................................................................................................... C-9

4.1 类型 ..........................................................................................................................................................C-9
4.2 功能 ..........................................................................................................................................................C-9
4.3 纸张类型 ...................................................................................................................................................C-9
4.4 维修保养 ...................................................................................................................................................C-9
4.5 机器规格 ...................................................................................................................................................C-9
4.6 操作环境 ...................................................................................................................................................C-9
4.7 规格注意事项............................................................................................................................................C-9
5. HT-504....................................................................................................................................... C-10
5.1 类型 ........................................................................................................................................................C-10
5.2 机器规格 .................................................................................................................................................C-10
5.3 操作环境 .................................................................................................................................................C-10
5.4 规格注意事项..........................................................................................................................................C-10
6. HT-505....................................................................................................................................... C-11
6.1 类型 ........................................................................................................................................................C-11
6.2 机器规格 .................................................................................................................................................C-11
6.3 操作环境 .................................................................................................................................................C-11
6.4 规格注意事项..........................................................................................................................................C-11
7. PF-707 ....................................................................................................................................... C-12
7.1 类型 ........................................................................................................................................................C-12
7.2 功能 ........................................................................................................................................................C-12
7.3 纸张类型 .................................................................................................................................................C-12
7.4 机器规格 .................................................................................................................................................C-12
7.5 操作环境 .................................................................................................................................................C-12
7.6 规格注意事项..........................................................................................................................................C-12
8. HT-506....................................................................................................................................... C-13
8.1 类型 ........................................................................................................................................................C-13
8.2 机器规格 .................................................................................................................................................C-13
8.3 操作环境 .................................................................................................................................................C-13
8.4 规格注意事项..........................................................................................................................................C-13
9. LU-202m .................................................................................................................................... C-14
9.1 类型 ........................................................................................................................................................C-14
9.2 功能 ........................................................................................................................................................C-14
9.3 纸张类型 .................................................................................................................................................C-14
9.4 维修保养 .................................................................................................................................................C-14
9.5 机器规格 .................................................................................................................................................C-14
9.6 操作环境 .................................................................................................................................................C-14
9.7 规格注意事项..........................................................................................................................................C-14
10. LU-202XL................................................................................................................................. C-15
10.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-15
10.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-15
10.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-15
10.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-15
10.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-15
10.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-15
11. HT-503/HT-514........................................................................................................................ C-16
11.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-16
11.2 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-16
11.3 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-16
11.4 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-16
12. MK-746 .................................................................................................................................... C-17
12.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-17
12.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-17
12.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-17
12.4 建议的纸张............................................................................................................................................C-17
12.5 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-17
12.6 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-18
12.7 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-18
13. MB-506 .................................................................................................................................... C-19
13.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-19
13.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-19
13.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-19
13.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-19
13.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-19
13.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-19
14. MK-744C.................................................................................................................................. C-20
14.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-20
14.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-20
2

14.3 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-20
14.4 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-20
14.5 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-20
15. OT-510..................................................................................................................................... C-21
15.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-21
15.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-21
15.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-21
15.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-22
15.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-22
15.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-22
16. OT-511..................................................................................................................................... C-23
16.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-23
16.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-23
16.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-23
16.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-23
16.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-23
16.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-23
17. EF-103 ..................................................................................................................................... C-24
17.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-24
17.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-24
17.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-25
17.4 建议的纸张............................................................................................................................................C-25
17.4.1 英制 ...............................................................................................................................................C-25
17.4.2 公制 ...............................................................................................................................................C-25
17.5 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-26
17.6 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-26
17.7 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-26
18. MK-740 .................................................................................................................................... C-27
18.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-27
18.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-27
18.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-27
18.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-27
18.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-27
18.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-27
19. RU-509 ................................................................................................................................... C-28
19.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-28
19.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-28
19.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-28
19.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-28
19.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-28
19.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-28
20. HM-102 ................................................................................................................................... C-29
20.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-29
20.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-29
20.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-29
20.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-29
20.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-29
20.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-29
21. RU-510 .................................................................................................................................... C-30
21.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-30
21.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-30
21.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-30
21.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-30
21.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-30
21.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-30
22. FS-531 .................................................................................................................................... C-31
22.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-31
22.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-31
22.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-31
22.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-32
22.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-32
22.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-32
23. FS-612 .................................................................................................................................... C-33
23.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-33
23.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-33
23.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-34
23.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-35

23.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-35
23.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-35
24. PI-502 ..................................................................................................................................... C-36
24.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-36
24.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-36
24.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-36
24.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-36
24.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-36
24.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-37
25. PK-512/513.............................................................................................................................. C-38
25.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-38
25.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-38
25.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-38
25.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-38
25.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-38
25.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-38
26. FS-532 ..................................................................................................................................... C-39
26.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-39
26.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-39
26.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-41
26.3.1 允许卷曲量.....................................................................................................................................C-42
26.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-42
26.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-42
26.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-42
27. SD-510..................................................................................................................................... C-43
27.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-43
27.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-43
27.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-43
27.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-45
27.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-45
27.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-45
28. PK-522..................................................................................................................................... C-46
28.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-46
28.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-46
28.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-46
28.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-46
28.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-46
28.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-47
29. MK-732 .................................................................................................................................... C-48
29.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-48
29.2 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-48
29.3 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-48
29.4 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-48
29.5 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-48
30. LS-506 ..................................................................................................................................... C-49
30.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-49
30.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-49
30.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-49
30.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-50
30.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-50
30.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-50
31. FD-503..................................................................................................................................... C-51
31.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-51
31.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-51
31.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-52
31.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-53
31.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-53
31.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-53
32. SD-506..................................................................................................................................... C-54
32.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-54
32.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-54
32.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-54
32.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-57
32.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-57
32.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-57
33. SD-513..................................................................................................................................... C-58
33.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-58

33.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-58
33.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-60
33.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-65
33.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-65
33.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-65
34. CR-101 .................................................................................................................................... C-66
34.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-66
34.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-66
34.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-68
34.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-68
34.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-68
34.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-68
35. TU-503..................................................................................................................................... C-69
35.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-69
35.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-69
35.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-70
35.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-70
35.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-70
35.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-70
36. FD-504..................................................................................................................................... C-71
36.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-71
36.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-71
36.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-71
36.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-72
36.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-72
36.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-72
37. PB-503..................................................................................................................................... C-73
37.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-73
37.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-73
37.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-74
37.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-76
37.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-76
37.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-76
38. IC-603 ...................................................................................................................................... C-77
38.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-77
38.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-77
38.3 纸张 ......................................................................................................................................................C-77
38.4 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-77
38.5 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-77
38.6 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-77
39. GP-501 .................................................................................................................................... C-78
39.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-78
39.2 操作模式 ...............................................................................................................................................C-78
39.3 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-78
39.4 软件 ......................................................................................................................................................C-78
39.5 电子 ......................................................................................................................................................C-78
39.6 输入 ......................................................................................................................................................C-78
39.7 输出 ......................................................................................................................................................C-79
39.8 性能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-79
39.9 操作环境 , 存储 , 传送 ...........................................................................................................................C-79
39.10 安全 / 法规 ..........................................................................................................................................C-79
39.11 附录 A .................................................................................................................................................C-80
39.12 附录 B .................................................................................................................................................C-80
39.13 附录 C.................................................................................................................................................C-81
39.14 术语表.................................................................................................................................................C-82
40. GP-502 .................................................................................................................................... C-83
40.1 类型 ......................................................................................................................................................C-83
40.2 功能 ......................................................................................................................................................C-83
40.3 纸张类型 ...............................................................................................................................................C-83
40.4 性能规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-84
40.5 耗材 ......................................................................................................................................................C-86
40.6 机器规格 ...............................................................................................................................................C-87
40.7 操作环境 ...............................................................................................................................................C-87
40.8 规格注意事项........................................................................................................................................C-87
D. 整体组成...............................................................................................................D-1
1. 系统配置 ...................................................................................................................................... D-1

1.1 系统配置 (C2070/C2070P/C2060)............................................................................................................D-1
1.2 对应横幅打印时的系统配置 (C2070/C2070P/C2060)...............................................................................D-2
1.3 选购设备的配置 (C2070/C2070P/C2060).................................................................................................D-3
1.3.1 主机和进纸选购件的耦合组合............................................................................................................D-3
1.3.2 主机和排纸处理器选购件的耦合组合.................................................................................................D-4
1.3.3 主机和图像打印控制器 (IC) 选购件的组合 .........................................................................................D-6
1.4 系统配置 (C2060L) ...................................................................................................................................D-6
1.5 选购设备的配置 (C2060L) ........................................................................................................................D-7
1.5.1 主机和进纸选购件的耦合组合............................................................................................................D-7
1.5.2 主机和排纸处理器选购件的耦合组合.................................................................................................D-7
1.5.3 主机和图像打印控制器 (IC) 选购件的组合 .........................................................................................D-8
2. 主机单元配置 ............................................................................................................................... D-9
3. 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................... D-10
3.1 直接出纸模式..........................................................................................................................................D-10
3.2 反转出纸模式..........................................................................................................................................D-11
3.3 双面模式 .................................................................................................................................................D-12
4. 控制块状图................................................................................................................................. D-13
5. 成像过程 .................................................................................................................................... D-14
5.1 图像生成流程和功能 ...............................................................................................................................D-14
5.2 充电处理 ( 第 1 步 ) .................................................................................................................................D-14
5.3 激光曝光处理 ( 第 2 步 )..........................................................................................................................D-15
5.4 显影处理 ( 第 3 步 ) .................................................................................................................................D-15
5.5 中间转印处理 ( 第 4 步 )..........................................................................................................................D-15
5.6 第二转印处理 ( 第 5 步 )..........................................................................................................................D-16
5.7 分离处理 ( 第 6 步 ) .................................................................................................................................D-16
5.8 感光鼓清洁 ( 子步骤第 1 步 )...................................................................................................................D-17
5.9 预充电曝光 ( 子步骤第 2 步 )...................................................................................................................D-17
5.10 转印带清洁 ( 子步骤第 3 步 ).................................................................................................................D-17
5.11 第二转印辊 / 下清洁 ( 子步骤第 4 步 ) ...................................................................................................D-18
5.12 碳粉收集 ( 子步骤第 5 步 ) ....................................................................................................................D-18
6. 图像生成控制 ............................................................................................................................. D-20
7. 处理速度 .................................................................................................................................... D-23
7.1 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P.................................................................................................................D-23
7.2 AccurioPess C2060/AccurioPrint C2060L..............................................................................................D-23
E. 维修工具...............................................................................................................E-1
1. AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060,AccurioPrint C2060L .........................................................E-1
1.1 维修材料列表............................................................................................................................................ E-1
1.1.1 维修材料列表..................................................................................................................................... E-1
1.2 夹具列表 ................................................................................................................................................... E-2
1.2.1 夹具列表 ............................................................................................................................................ E-2
1.3 工具列表 ................................................................................................................................................... E-4
1.3.1 工具列表 ............................................................................................................................................ E-4
1.4 邮件远程通知系统..................................................................................................................................... E-4
1.4.1 概述 ................................................................................................................................................... E-4
1.4.2 操作环境 ............................................................................................................................................ E-4
1.4.3 主要功能 ............................................................................................................................................ E-4
1.4.4 初始设置 ............................................................................................................................................ E-4
1.4.5 邮件远程通知系统使用说明 ............................................................................................................... E-7
1.4.6 发送邮件 ............................................................................................................................................ E-7
1.5 机器设置数据导入..................................................................................................................................... E-7
1.5.1 概述 ................................................................................................................................................... E-7
1.5.2 设置方法 ............................................................................................................................................ E-8
1.6 作业历史记录列表..................................................................................................................................... E-9
1.6.1 概述 ................................................................................................................................................... E-9
1.6.2 主要功能 .......................................................................................................................................... E-10
1.6.3 设置方法 .......................................................................................................................................... E-10
1.7 使用 U 盘获取计数器列表 ....................................................................................................................... E-12
1.7.1 概述 ................................................................................................................................................. E-12
1.7.2 可以获取的列表 ...............................................................................................................................E-12
1.7.3 获取方法 .......................................................................................................................................... E-12
1.8 面板日志 ................................................................................................................................................. E-13
1.8.1 概述 ................................................................................................................................................. E-13
1.8.2 日志获取方法................................................................................................................................... E-13
1.9 ORU-M 计数器重写 ................................................................................................................................ E-14
1.9.1 从外部存储器加载............................................................................................................................ E-14
1.9.2 存储至外部存储器............................................................................................................................ E-15

1.10 Management Tool................................................................................................................................. E-16
1.10.1 概述 ............................................................................................................................................... E-16
1.10.2 安装 Management Tool ................................................................................................................. E-18
1.10.3 启动 Management Tool ................................................................................................................. E-19
1.10.4 技术人员模式................................................................................................................................. E-21
1.10.5 bizhub PRESS C8000 更换步骤.................................................................................................... E-30
1.10.6 bizhub PRESS C7000/6000 更换步骤........................................................................................... E-32
1.10.7 bizhub PRESS 1250/1250P/1052 更换步骤.................................................................................. E-36
1.10.8 bizhub PRESS C1070/C1070P/C71hc/C1060 和 bizhub PRO C1060L 更换步骤 ........................ E-40
1.10.9 bizhub PRESS C1100, 1085 更换步骤.......................................................................................... E-44
1.10.10 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060,AccurioPrint C2060L 更换步骤......................................... E-46
1.10.11 备份文件 ...................................................................................................................................... E-50
1.10.12 管理员模式................................................................................................................................... E-50
1.10.13 各种软件设置...............................................................................................................................E-53
1.10.14 错误信息列表...............................................................................................................................E-58
1.11 机器状态日志存储................................................................................................................................. E-59
1.11.1 概述 ............................................................................................................................................... E-59
1.11.2 日志获取 ........................................................................................................................................ E-59
1.12 Real-time Remote Panel ...................................................................................................................... E-60
1.12.1 设置 Real-time Remote Panel ....................................................................................................... E-60
1.12.2 安装 Web 插件...............................................................................................................................E-60
1.12.3 启用机器的 VNC 功能.................................................................................................................... E-64
1.12.4 设置 VNC Viewer 的连接 ............................................................................................................... E-65
1.12.5 远程面板高级设置.......................................................................................................................... E-67
1.13 机器设置 (IC 卡信息设置工具 ) ............................................................................................................. E-67
1.13.1 AU-201S 读卡器的 IC 卡信息设置工具.......................................................................................... E-67
1.14 维修辅助工具........................................................................................................................................ E-68
1.14.1 概述 ............................................................................................................................................... E-68
1.14.2 主要功能 ........................................................................................................................................ E-68
1.14.3 维修辅助工具的使用说明............................................................................................................... E-68
1.14.4 关于工具的使用 ............................................................................................................................. E-82
1.15 CS Remote Analysis............................................................................................................................. E-82
1.15.1 概述 ............................................................................................................................................... E-82
1.15.2 功能 ............................................................................................................................................... E-84
1.15.3 设置方法 ........................................................................................................................................ E-84
1.15.4 登录方法 ........................................................................................................................................ E-87
1.15.5 使用方法 ........................................................................................................................................ E-88
1.16 纸张配置文件........................................................................................................................................ E-88
1.16.1 概述 ............................................................................................................................................... E-88
1.16.2 操作流程 ........................................................................................................................................ E-89
1.16.3 使用方法 ........................................................................................................................................ E-89
F. 定期维修保养........................................................................................................ F-1
1. 维修保养项目 ................................................................................................................................F-1
1.1 维修保养项目............................................................................................................................................ F-1
1.1.1 定期维修保养步骤.............................................................................................................................. F-1
1.1.2 计数条件 ............................................................................................................................................ F-1
1.2 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P................................................................................................................... F-1
1.2.1 总计数器 ............................................................................................................................................ F-1
1.2.2 特殊零件计数器 ................................................................................................................................. F-1
1.3 AccurioPress C2060/AccrioPrint C2060L................................................................................................. F-6
1.3.1 总计数器 ............................................................................................................................................ F-6
1.3.2 特殊零件计数器 ................................................................................................................................. F-6
1.4 DF-706.................................................................................................................................................... F-10
1.4.1 特殊零件计数器 ............................................................................................................................... F-10
1.5 PF-602m................................................................................................................................................. F-11
1.5.1 总计数器 .......................................................................................................................................... F-11
1.5.2 特殊零件计数器 ............................................................................................................................... F-11
1.6 PF-707.................................................................................................................................................... F-12
1.6.1 总计数器 .......................................................................................................................................... F-12
1.6.2 特殊零件计数器 ............................................................................................................................... F-12
1.7 LU-202m................................................................................................................................................. F-13
1.7.1 总计数器 .......................................................................................................................................... F-13
1.7.2 特殊零件计数器 ............................................................................................................................... F-13
1.8 LU-202XL ............................................................................................................................................... F-14
1.8.1 总计数器 .......................................................................................................................................... F-14
1.8.2 特殊零件计数器 ............................................................................................................................... F-14

1.10 Management Tool................................................................................................................................. E-16
1.10.1 概述 ............................................................................................................................................... E-16
1.10.2 安装 Management Tool ................................................................................................................. E-18
1.10.3 启动 Management Tool ................................................................................................................. E-19
1.10.4 技术人员模式................................................................................................................................. E-21
1.10.5 bizhub PRESS C8000 更换步骤.................................................................................................... E-30
1.10.6 bizhub PRESS C7000/6000 更换步骤........................................................................................... E-32
1.10.7 bizhub PRESS 1250/1250P/1052 更换步骤.................................................................................. E-36
1.10.8 bizhub PRESS C1070/C1070P/C71hc/C1060 和 bizhub PRO C1060L 更换步骤 ........................ E-40
1.10.9 bizhub PRESS C1100, 1085 更换步骤.......................................................................................... E-44
1.10.10 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060,AccurioPrint C2060L 更换步骤......................................... E-46
1.10.11 备份文件 ...................................................................................................................................... E-50
1.10.12 管理员模式................................................................................................................................... E-50
1.10.13 各种软件设置...............................................................................................................................E-53
1.10.14 错误信息列表...............................................................................................................................E-58
1.11 机器状态日志存储................................................................................................................................. E-59
1.11.1 概述 ............................................................................................................................................... E-59
1.11.2 日志获取 ........................................................................................................................................ E-59
1.12 Real-time Remote Panel ...................................................................................................................... E-60
1.12.1 设置 Real-time Remote Panel ....................................................................................................... E-60
1.12.2 安装 Web 插件...............................................................................................................................E-60
1.12.3 启用机器的 VNC 功能.................................................................................................................... E-64
1.12.4 设置 VNC Viewer 的连接 ............................................................................................................... E-65
1.12.5 远程面板高级设置.......................................................................................................................... E-67
1.13 机器设置 (IC 卡信息设置工具 ) ............................................................................................................. E-67
1.13.1 AU-201S 读卡器的 IC 卡信息设置工具.......................................................................................... E-67
1.14 维修辅助工具........................................................................................................................................ E-68
1.14.1 概述 ............................................................................................................................................... E-68
1.14.2 主要功能 ........................................................................................................................................ E-68
1.14.3 维修辅助工具的使用说明............................................................................................................... E-68
1.14.4 关于工具的使用 ............................................................................................................................. E-82
1.15 CS Remote Analysis............................................................................................................................. E-82
1.15.1 概述 ............................................................................................................................................... E-82
1.15.2 功能 ............................................................................................................................................... E-84
1.15.3 设置方法 ........................................................................................................................................ E-84
1.15.4 登录方法 ........................................................................................................................................ E-87
1.15.5 使用方法 ........................................................................................................................................ E-88
1.16 纸张配置文件........................................................................................................................................ E-88
1.16.1 概述 ............................................................................................................................................... E-88
1.16.2 操作流程 ........................................................................................................................................ E-89
1.16.3 使用方法 ........................................................................................................................................ E-89
F. 定期维修保养........................................................................................................ F-1
1. 维修保养项目 ................................................................................................................................F-1
1.1 维修保养项目............................................................................................................................................ F-1
1.1.1 定期维修保养步骤.............................................................................................................................. F-1
1.1.2 计数条件 ............................................................................................................................................ F-1
1.2 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P................................................................................................................... F-1
1.2.1 总计数器 ............................................................................................................................................ F-1
1.2.2 特殊零件计数器 ................................................................................................................................. F-1
1.3 AccurioPress C2060/AccrioPrint C2060L................................................................................................. F-6
1.3.1 总计数器 ............................................................................................................................................ F-6
1.3.2 特殊零件计数器 ................................................................................................................................. F-6
1.4 DF-706.................................................................................................................................................... F-10
1.4.1 特殊零件计数器 ............................................................................................................................... F-10
1.5 PF-602m................................................................................................................................................. F-11
1.5.1 总计数器 .......................................................................................................................................... F-11
1.5.2 特殊零件计数器 ............................................................................................................................... F-11
1.6 PF-707.................................................................................................................................................... F-12
1.6.1 总计数器 .......................................................................................................................................... F-12
1.6.2 特殊零件计数器 ............................................................................................................................... F-12
1.7 LU-202m................................................................................................................................................. F-13
1.7.1 总计数器 .......................................................................................................................................... F-13
1.7.2 特殊零件计数器 ............................................................................................................................... F-13
1.8 LU-202XL ............................................................................................................................................... F-14
1.8.1 总计数器 .......................................................................................................................................... F-14
1.8.2 特殊零件计数器 ............................................................................................................................... F-14

2.7 LU-202XL ............................................................................................................................................... F-35
2.8 MB-506................................................................................................................................................... F-36
2.9 EF-103.................................................................................................................................................... F-36
2.10 OT-511 ................................................................................................................................................. F-36
2.11 RU-509,HM-102 ................................................................................................................................... F-36
2.12 RU-510 ................................................................................................................................................. F-37
2.13 FS-531.................................................................................................................................................. F-37
2.14 FS-612.................................................................................................................................................. F-37
2.15 PI-502................................................................................................................................................... F-37
2.16 FS-532.................................................................................................................................................. F-37
2.17 SD-510 ................................................................................................................................................. F-37
2.18 LS-506.................................................................................................................................................. F-38
2.19 FD-503.................................................................................................................................................. F-38
2.20 SD-506 ................................................................................................................................................. F-38
2.21 SD-513 ................................................................................................................................................. F-38
2.21.1 现场更换零件列表.......................................................................................................................... F-38
2.22 TU-503.................................................................................................................................................. F-39
2.22.1 现场更换零件列表.......................................................................................................................... F-39
2.23 FD-504.................................................................................................................................................. F-39
2.23.1 现场更换零件列表.......................................................................................................................... F-39
2.24 PB-503.................................................................................................................................................. F-39
2.25 GP-501 ................................................................................................................................................. F-40
2.25.1 选购件............................................................................................................................................ F-40
2.26 GP-502 ................................................................................................................................................. F-40
3. ORU-M 零件................................................................................................................................F-41
3.1 ORU-M 零件的使用寿命数值.................................................................................................................. F-41
3.2 ORU-M 零件列表.................................................................................................................................... F-41
3.3 ORU-M 零件更换时间............................................................................................................................. F-43
3.4 管理 ORU-M 零件计数器 ........................................................................................................................ F-43
4. 使用寿命值..................................................................................................................................F-45
4.1 材料 / 零件的使用寿命值......................................................................................................................... F-45
4.2 使用寿命值确定状况 ............................................................................................................................... F-47
5. AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060,AccurioPrint C2060L 定期维修保养步骤..........................F-48
5.1 外部 ........................................................................................................................................................ F-48
5.1.1 更换显影防尘过滤器 /1, 显影防尘过滤器 /2,PH 防尘过滤器和吸气防尘过滤器 ............................... F-48
5.1.2 更换过滤器盒................................................................................................................................... F-49
5.1.3 更换电气部件冷却过滤器................................................................................................................. F-49
5.2 写入部..................................................................................................................................................... F-50
5.2.1 清洁防尘玻璃................................................................................................................................... F-50
5.3 光电导体部.............................................................................................................................................. F-50
5.3.1 拉出处理单元................................................................................................................................... F-50
5.3.2 清洁定影单元周围............................................................................................................................ F-51
5.3.3 更换感光鼓单元 ............................................................................................................................... F-53
5.4 充电部..................................................................................................................................................... F-54
5.4.1 更换充电电晕................................................................................................................................... F-54
5.4.2 清洁充电电晕................................................................................................................................... F-55
5.5 显影部..................................................................................................................................................... F-56
5.5.1 显影剂填充步骤 ............................................................................................................................... F-56
5.5.2 更换显影单元 /Y,/M,/C,/K................................................................................................................. F-57
5.6 中间转印部.............................................................................................................................................. F-58
5.6.1 拆卸 / 重新安装中间转印单元........................................................................................................... F-58
5.6.2 更换转印带清洁单元 ........................................................................................................................ F-60
5.6.3 更换皮带清洁刮板和侧密封条.......................................................................................................... F-63
5.6.4 更换碳粉收集板 ............................................................................................................................... F-64
5.6.5 更换转印带分离爪............................................................................................................................ F-64
5.6.6 更换中间转印带 , 清洁辊和清洁板 ................................................................................................... F-65
5.6.7 更换第一转印辊 /Y,/M,/C 和 /K 和转印辊轴承 /Y,/M,/C 和 /K ........................................................... F-68
5.6.8 更换第二转印辊 / 上......................................................................................................................... F-73
5.6.9 更换皮带分离爪电磁铁 (SD2) .......................................................................................................... F-73
5.6.10 拆卸和重新安装第二转印单元........................................................................................................ F-74
5.6.11 更换第二转印辊 / 下和 C 形夹 , 并清洁第二转印单元周围 ............................................................. F-74
5.6.12 更换分离消电单元.......................................................................................................................... F-76
5.6.13 更换第二转印接地板组件............................................................................................................... F-77
5.7 碳粉收集部.............................................................................................................................................. F-77
5.7.1 更换废碳粉盒................................................................................................................................... F-77
5.8 进纸部..................................................................................................................................................... F-78
5.8.1 更换拾纸辊 /1, 拾纸辊 /2, 进纸辊橡皮 /1 和进纸辊橡皮 /2................................................................ F-78
5.8.2 更换分离辊橡皮 /1 和分离辊橡皮 /2 ................................................................................................. F-78
9

5.8.3 清洁滑板 .......................................................................................................................................... F-79
5.8.4 更换进纸离合器 /1(CL1), 进纸离合器 /2(CL2), 预对位离合器 /1(CL3) 和预对位离合器 /2(CL4) ...... F-79
5.9 垂直传输部.............................................................................................................................................. F-81
5.9.1 更换中间传输离合器 /1(CL5) ........................................................................................................... F-81
5.10 对位部................................................................................................................................................... F-82
5.10.1 更换对位清洁板组件 ...................................................................................................................... F-82
5.10.2 清洁对位清洁板组件 ...................................................................................................................... F-83
5.10.3 更换对位辊和对位辊轴承 , 清洁对位摆动原位传感器 (PS20) ........................................................ F-83
5.10.4 更换对位惰齿轮 . ........................................................................................................................... F-88
5.11 定影部................................................................................................................................................... F-89
5.11.1 拆卸 / 重新安装定影单元................................................................................................................ F-89
5.11.2 更换定影加热灯组件 / 上和消电扁平弹簧组件 ............................................................................... F-90
5.11.3 更换定影轴承 / 上 , 下 1, 绝热套筒 / 上 , 下 1, 皮带调整套筒 , 定影带 , 定影辊 /1,/2 和消电环 . ..... F-94
5.11.4 更换定影温度传感器 /3(TH3) ....................................................................................................... F-100
5.11.5 更换定影齿轮 /1, 定影轴承 / 下 2, 绝热套筒 / 下 2, 定影辊 / 下..................................................... F-101
5.11.6 更换定影温度传感器 /4(TH4) ....................................................................................................... F-105
5.11.7 更换定影齿轮 /2, 定影齿轮 /3....................................................................................................... F-106
5.11.8 更换定影分离爪组件 .................................................................................................................... F-109
5.11.9 更换定影出纸辊 / 上..................................................................................................................... F-109
5.12 双面器部 ............................................................................................................................................. F-110
5.12.1 更换中间传输离合器 /2(CL6) 和中间传输离合器 /3(CL7)............................................................. F-110
5.13 反转和出纸部...................................................................................................................................... F-112
5.13.1 更换反转去卷辊 ........................................................................................................................... F-112
5.13.2 更换出纸驱动齿轮 , 出纸齿轮和出纸去卷辊................................................................................. F-113
5.14 充电控制部.......................................................................................................................................... F-116
5.14.1 更换充电辊 / 上 ............................................................................................................................ F-116
5.14.2 更换充电辊轴承 / 前和充电辊轴承 / 后......................................................................................... F-119
6. DF-706 定期维修保养步骤 ........................................................................................................F-120
6.1 搓纸部................................................................................................................................................... F-120
6.1.1 清洁拾纸辊 / 进纸辊....................................................................................................................... F-120
6.1.2 清洁分离辊..................................................................................................................................... F-120
6.1.3 清洁扭矩限制器 ............................................................................................................................. F-121
6.1.4 更换拾纸辊 / 进纸辊....................................................................................................................... F-121
6.1.5 更换分离辊..................................................................................................................................... F-123
6.1.6 反射传感器部的清洁 ...................................................................................................................... F-124
6.2 传送部................................................................................................................................................... F-124
6.2.1 清洁其它轮..................................................................................................................................... F-124
6.2.2 清洁其它辊..................................................................................................................................... F-126
6.3 扫描部................................................................................................................................................... F-128
6.3.1 清洁正面扫描导板.......................................................................................................................... F-128
7. PF-602m 定期维修保养步骤 .....................................................................................................F-129
7.1 维修保养注意事项................................................................................................................................. F-129
7.2 纸盒部................................................................................................................................................... F-129
7.2.1 维修保养纸盒部的注意事项 ........................................................................................................... F-129
7.2.2 更换拾纸橡皮 / 进纸辊 ................................................................................................................... F-129
7.2.3 更换分离辊..................................................................................................................................... F-132
7.2.4 更换进纸离合器 (CL1/CL4) 和分离离合器 (CL2/CL5).................................................................... F-134
7.3 传输部................................................................................................................................................... F-135
7.3.1 更换垂直传输离合器 /1(CL7),/2(CL8) 和 /3(CL9)........................................................................... F-135
7.3.2 更换水平传输离合器 /1(CL10),/2(CL11) 和预对位离合器 (CL12) .................................................. F-136
8. PF-707 定期维修保养步骤 ........................................................................................................F-138
8.1 维修保养注意事项................................................................................................................................. F-138
8.2 进纸盒部 ............................................................................................................................................... F-138
8.2.1 更换波幅辊 / 下和波幅辊轴承 / 下 .................................................................................................. F-138
8.3 进纸吸气部............................................................................................................................................ F-139
8.3.1 更换吸气皮带离合器 /1(CL15), 吸气皮带离合器 /2(CL16), 吸气皮带离合器 /3(CL17) ................... F-139
8.4 垂直传输部............................................................................................................................................ F-140
8.4.1 更换出纸离合器 /1(CL1),/2(CL2), 垂直传输离合器 /1(CL3),/2(CL4), 垂直传输离合器 /3(CL5) 和 /
4(CL6)...................................................................................................................................................... F-140
8.5 水平传输部............................................................................................................................................ F-140
8.5.1 更换预对位离合器 (CL7) 和水平传输离合器 /1(CL8), 水平传输离合器 /2(CL9) ............................. F-140
8.5.2 更换预对位辊和预对位轴承 ........................................................................................................... F-141
8.5.3 更换水平传输辊 /1,/2, 水平传输辊轴承 /1,/2 .................................................................................. F-142
8.5.4 更换波幅辊 / 上 .............................................................................................................................. F-145
8.5.5 更换辊加压释放马达 (M10)............................................................................................................ F-145
9. LU-202m/LU-202XL 定期维修保养步骤 ....................................................................................F-148
9.1 进纸部................................................................................................................................................... F-148
9.1.1 维修保养注意事项.......................................................................................................................... F-148

9.1.2 清洁预对位辊................................................................................................................................. F-148
9.1.3 更换预对位辊................................................................................................................................. F-148
9.1.4 拆卸 / 安装进纸辊组件 ................................................................................................................... F-150
9.1.5 更换进纸辊 / 拾纸辊....................................................................................................................... F-150
9.1.6 更换分离辊..................................................................................................................................... F-152
9.1.7 更换进纸离合器 (CL101)/ 预对位离合器 (CL102) .......................................................................... F-153
10. MB-506 定期维修保养步骤......................................................................................................F-154
10.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-154
10.2 进纸部................................................................................................................................................. F-154
10.2.1 更换拾纸辊 /BP, 进纸辊橡皮 /BP 和进纸离合器 /BP(CL14) ......................................................... F-154
10.2.2 更换分离辊橡皮 /BP..................................................................................................................... F-156
11. OT-511 定期维修保养步骤......................................................................................................F-158
11.1 更换纸张固定辊 .................................................................................................................................. F-158
11.1.1 定期更换的零件和周期................................................................................................................. F-158
11.1.2 步骤 ............................................................................................................................................. F-158
11.2 更换出纸辊.......................................................................................................................................... F-158
11.2.1 定期更换的零件和周期................................................................................................................. F-158
11.2.2 步骤 ............................................................................................................................................. F-158
11.3 更换出纸从动辊 /2 .............................................................................................................................. F-159
11.3.1 定期更换的零件和周期................................................................................................................. F-159
11.3.2 步骤 ............................................................................................................................................. F-159
12. EF-103 定期维修保养步骤 ......................................................................................................F-161
12.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-161
12.2 定影部................................................................................................................................................. F-161
13. RU-509/HM-102 定期维修保养步骤 .......................................................................................F-162
13.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-162
13.2 输出纸张浓度检测部 .......................................................................................................................... F-162
13.2.1 清洁挡板 ...................................................................................................................................... F-162
13.3 增湿部 (HM-102) ................................................................................................................................ F-163
13.3.1 更换增湿辊 / 右 ,/ 左和注水辊 ...................................................................................................... F-163
13.3.2 更换注水过滤器 ........................................................................................................................... F-168
14. RU-510 定期维修保养步骤......................................................................................................F-170
14.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-170
14.2 传输部................................................................................................................................................. F-170
14.2.1 更换重新进纸辊驱动齿轮 /1 和重新进纸辊驱动齿轮 /2 ................................................................ F-170
14.2.2 更换入口传输马达 (M1), 入口传输皮带 , 出纸马达 (M2), 出纸传输皮带....................................... F-170
14.2.3 更换出纸滑轮和传输滑轮............................................................................................................. F-172
14.2.4 更换入口辊 /1,/2, 出纸辊 , 轴承 /K 和轴承组件............................................................................. F-173
14.2.5 更换合并部辊和轴承 /K................................................................................................................ F-174
14.2.6 更换堆叠器入口辊和轴承 /K......................................................................................................... F-175
14.2.7 更换重新进纸辊和轴承 /K ............................................................................................................ F-176
14.2.8 更换从动辊................................................................................................................................... F-177
14.2.9 更换直接出纸门 ........................................................................................................................... F-179
14.2.10 更换堆叠开关马达 (M6) ............................................................................................................. F-180
15. FS-531 定期维修保养步骤 .....................................................................................................F-181
15.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-181
15.2 传输部 ................................................................................................................................................ F-181
15.2.1 更换中间传输辊 ( 海绵辊 ) ........................................................................................................... F-181
15.3 主纸盘部 ............................................................................................................................................. F-181
15.3.1 更换出纸辊 ( 海绵辊 )................................................................................................................... F-181
15.4 堆叠器部 ............................................................................................................................................ F-183
15.4.1 更换纸张辅助辊 ( 海绵辊 ) ........................................................................................................... F-183
15.4.2 更换清洁板组件 ........................................................................................................................... F-183
15.5 装订器部 ............................................................................................................................................ F-183
15.5.1 更换装订器单元 ........................................................................................................................... F-183
16. FS-612 定期维修保养步骤 .....................................................................................................F-185
16.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-185
16.2 传输部 ................................................................................................................................................ F-185
16.2.1 更换中间传输辊 ( 海绵辊 ) ........................................................................................................... F-185
16.3 主纸盘部 ............................................................................................................................................. F-185
16.3.1 更换出纸辊 ( 海绵辊 )................................................................................................................... F-185
16.4 堆叠器部 ............................................................................................................................................ F-187
16.4.1 更换纸张辅助辊 ( 海绵辊 ) ........................................................................................................... F-187
16.5 装订器部 ............................................................................................................................................ F-187
16.5.1 拆卸 / 重新安装装订器单元盖板................................................................................................... F-187
16.5.2 更换装订器单元 ........................................................................................................................... F-188
17. PI-502 定期维修保养步骤 .......................................................................................................F-192

17.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-192
17.2 进纸部 ................................................................................................................................................ F-192
17.2.1 更换拾纸辊 / 上和进纸辊 / 上 ....................................................................................................... F-192
17.2.2 更换拾纸辊 / 下和进纸辊 / 下 ....................................................................................................... F-193
17.2.3 更换分离辊 / 上和扭矩限制器 / 上 ................................................................................................ F-194
17.2.4 更换分离辊 / 下和扭矩限制器 / 下 ................................................................................................ F-195
17.2.5 更换进纸离合器 / 上 (CL201) 和进纸离合器 / 下 (CL202) ............................................................ F-195
18. FS-532 定期维修保养步骤 ......................................................................................................F-197
18.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-197
18.2 纸张传输部.......................................................................................................................................... F-197
18.2.1 润滑 FNS 入口辊传输切换凸轮 ,FNS 入口辊传输切换门 / 上....................................................... F-197
18.3 堆叠器部 ............................................................................................................................................. F-198
18.3.1 更换叶片 ...................................................................................................................................... F-198
18.3.2 润滑装订器轴和后止动器轴 ......................................................................................................... F-198
18.4 装订器部 ............................................................................................................................................. F-199
18.4.1 更换装订器单元 ........................................................................................................................... F-199
18.5 主纸盘部 ............................................................................................................................................. F-201
18.5.1 清洁和润滑出纸对齐板轴............................................................................................................. F-201
19. SD-510 定期维修保养步骤......................................................................................................F-203
19.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-203
19.2 对齐部................................................................................................................................................. F-203
19.2.1 更换叶片 /1, 叶片 /2 和叶片 /3...................................................................................................... F-203
19.3 装订器部 ............................................................................................................................................. F-204
19.3.1 更换装订器单元 ........................................................................................................................... F-204
19.3.2 清洁和润滑装订导板 / 上和装订导板 / 下 ..................................................................................... F-208
19.4 对折 / 折叠并装订 / 三折叠部 .............................................................................................................. F-209
19.4.1 清洁折叠辊 /1, 折叠辊 /2 .............................................................................................................. F-209
20. LS-506 定期维修保养步骤.......................................................................................................F-210
20.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-210
20.2 传输部 ................................................................................................................................................ F-210
20.2.1 更换堆叠器纸盘升降马达 (M1)..................................................................................................... F-210
20.2.2 更换纸张加压电磁铁 /3(SD8)....................................................................................................... F-211
20.2.3 更换纸张加压电磁铁 /1(SD6)....................................................................................................... F-214
20.2.4 更换纸张加压电磁铁 /2(SD7)....................................................................................................... F-214
20.2.5 更换后部止动器电磁铁 (SD3) ...................................................................................................... F-215
21. FD-503 定期维修保养步骤 .....................................................................................................F-217
21.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-217
21.2 传输部 ................................................................................................................................................ F-217
21.2.1 更换辊电磁铁 /1(SD5) 至 /4(SD8)................................................................................................ F-217
21.3 打孔部 ................................................................................................................................................ F-218
21.3.1 更换打孔单元............................................................................................................................... F-218
21.3.2 清洁打孔轴和打孔支撑板............................................................................................................. F-218
21.3.3 润滑打孔驱动部 ........................................................................................................................... F-219
21.4 折叠传输部.......................................................................................................................................... F-220
21.4.1 第二折叠辊电磁铁 (SD18) ........................................................................................................... F-220
21.5 主纸盘部 ............................................................................................................................................ F-221
21.5.1 更换纸盘升降马达 (M11) ............................................................................................................. F-221
21.6 PI 部 ................................................................................................................................................... F-222
21.6.1 更换拾纸橡皮 ( 上部 )................................................................................................................... F-222
21.6.2 更换进纸橡皮 ( 上部 )................................................................................................................... F-225
21.6.3 更换分离橡皮 ( 上部 )................................................................................................................... F-226
21.6.4 更换拾纸橡皮 ( 下部 )................................................................................................................... F-226
21.6.5 更换进纸橡皮 ( 下部 )................................................................................................................... F-228
21.6.6 更换分离橡皮 ( 下部 )................................................................................................................... F-228
22. SD-506 定期维修保养步骤 .....................................................................................................F-229
22.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-229
22.2 垂直传输部 ......................................................................................................................................... F-229
22.2.1 更换辊释放电磁铁 /1(SD5) .......................................................................................................... F-229
22.2.2 更换辊释放电磁铁 /2(SD6) .......................................................................................................... F-230
22.2.3 更换垂直传输门电磁铁 (SD2) ...................................................................................................... F-230
22.2.4 更换辊释放电磁铁 /3(SD7) .......................................................................................................... F-234
22.3 鞍式装订部 ......................................................................................................................................... F-235
22.3.1 更换装订器组件 ........................................................................................................................... F-235
22.3.2 更换坡面单元............................................................................................................................... F-239
22.3.3 拉出鞍式装订单元........................................................................................................................ F-241
22.3.4 更换鞍式装订单元........................................................................................................................ F-243
22.4 纸叠处理部 ......................................................................................................................................... F-243
22.4.1 更换纸叠加压台齿轮 .................................................................................................................... F-243

22.4.2 更换纸叠加压台单元 .................................................................................................................... F-245
22.5 裁切器部 ............................................................................................................................................ F-250
22.5.1 拆卸 / 安装裁切器叶片组件 .......................................................................................................... F-250
22.5.2 更换裁切器板组件........................................................................................................................ F-251
22.5.3 更换裁切刀组件 ........................................................................................................................... F-252
22.5.4 更换裁切器加压马达 (M32).......................................................................................................... F-254
22.5.5 更换裁切刀马达 (M31) ................................................................................................................. F-255
22.5.6 更换裁切单元............................................................................................................................... F-260
22.5.7 润滑裁切器单元 ........................................................................................................................... F-262
23. SD-513 定期维修保养步骤......................................................................................................F-264
23.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-264
23.2 入口传输部.......................................................................................................................................... F-264
23.2.1 更换反转出纸辊加压释放马达 (M102) ......................................................................................... F-264
23.2.2 清洁重新进纸辊 / 左..................................................................................................................... F-264
23.2.3 清洁反转出纸辊 / 右..................................................................................................................... F-265
23.3 折叠传输部.......................................................................................................................................... F-265
23.3.1 更换第一折叠刀马达 (M13).......................................................................................................... F-265
23.3.2 更换第二折叠刀马达 (M14).......................................................................................................... F-266
23.3.3 清洁第一折叠辊 , 第二折叠辊....................................................................................................... F-268
23.3.4 润滑前止动器轴 ........................................................................................................................... F-269
23.4 副纸盘 , 三折叠纸盘部 ........................................................................................................................ F-269
23.4.1 清洁三折叠纸盘传输辊 /3............................................................................................................. F-269
23.5 鞍式装订部.......................................................................................................................................... F-270
23.5.1 更换装订单元............................................................................................................................... F-270
23.5.2 更换夹钳 ...................................................................................................................................... F-271
23.5.3 更换小册子固定马达 (M17).......................................................................................................... F-271
23.5.4 润滑鞍式装订对齐板 / 后.............................................................................................................. F-271
23.5.5 润滑鞍式装订对齐板轴 / 前 .......................................................................................................... F-272
23.5.6 更换传输导板组件 / 上 ................................................................................................................. F-272
23.5.7 更换对齐板电磁铁线束................................................................................................................. F-273
23.6 小册子移动部...................................................................................................................................... F-275
23.6.1 润滑小册子移动单元滑动轴 ......................................................................................................... F-275
23.6.2 润滑小册子固定单元滑动轴 ......................................................................................................... F-275
23.6.3 润滑小册子到位单元滑动轴 ......................................................................................................... F-276
23.7 钳位部................................................................................................................................................. F-276
23.7.1 更换前缘止动器马达 (M24).......................................................................................................... F-276
23.7.2 更换前缘卡爪马达 (M52), 前缘卡爪齿轮和卡爪扭矩限制器......................................................... F-277
23.7.3 更换钳位马达 (M23)..................................................................................................................... F-280
23.7.4 更换小册子固定线束 /1, 小册子固定线束 /2 和小册子固定线束 /3................................................ F-281
23.7.5 更换夹钳挂线............................................................................................................................... F-286
23.8 裁切器部 ............................................................................................................................................. F-291
23.8.1 更换裁切刀................................................................................................................................... F-291
23.8.2 更换裁切器板............................................................................................................................... F-293
23.8.3 更换裁切单元............................................................................................................................... F-300
23.8.4 更换裁切刀马达 (M31) ................................................................................................................. F-306
23.8.5 更换裁切器加压马达 (M32).......................................................................................................... F-307
23.8.6 润滑加压驱动螺钉 , 齿轮.............................................................................................................. F-308
23.9 小册子纸盘部...................................................................................................................................... F-309
23.9.1 更换夹持器马达 (M26) ................................................................................................................. F-309
23.9.2 润滑夹持器出纸齿轮 / 前 , 夹持器出纸齿轮 / 后 ........................................................................... F-310
23.9.3 润滑夹持器锁定板........................................................................................................................ F-310
23.9.4 润滑挡板滑动轴和挡板滑动板...................................................................................................... F-311
24. CR-101 定期维修保养步骤......................................................................................................F-312
24.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-312
24.2 折缝部................................................................................................................................................. F-312
24.2.1 清洁折缝刀................................................................................................................................... F-312
25. TU-503 定期维修保养步骤 ......................................................................................................F-313
25.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-313
25.2 传输部................................................................................................................................................. F-313
25.2.1 清洁对位辊................................................................................................................................... F-313
25.2.2 更换对位辊................................................................................................................................... F-313
25.3 切刀部................................................................................................................................................. F-314
25.3.1 润滑凹槽切刀轴 ........................................................................................................................... F-314
25.3.2 润滑凹槽切刀驱动齿轮................................................................................................................. F-315
25.3.3 更换凹槽切刀组件 / 前 ,/ 后.......................................................................................................... F-315
25.4 旋转切刀部.......................................................................................................................................... F-319
25.4.1 更换旋转切刀组件........................................................................................................................ F-319
25.4.2 清洁裁切废料辊 / 左和裁切废料辊 / 右......................................................................................... F-321

26. FD-504 定期维修保养步骤 ......................................................................................................F-322
26.1 维修保养注意事项............................................................................................................................... F-322
26.2 钳位部................................................................................................................................................. F-322
26.2.1 润滑 FD 钳位................................................................................................................................ F-322
26.2.2 更换 FD 钳位马达 / 后 (M202)...................................................................................................... F-322
26.2.3 更换 FD 钳位马达 / 前 (M203)...................................................................................................... F-323
26.3 书脊角形成部...................................................................................................................................... F-323
26.3.1 更换 FD 辊马达 (M201)................................................................................................................ F-323
26.3.2 更换 FD 辊清洁组件 / 前 ,/ 后....................................................................................................... F-324
27. PB-503 定期维修保养步骤 .....................................................................................................F-325
27.1 传输部 ................................................................................................................................................ F-325
27.1.1 更换入口门电磁铁 (SD1), 副纸盘出纸电磁铁 (SD4) .................................................................... F-325
27.2 子整理 (SC) 部 ................................................................................................................................... F-328
27.2.1 维修保养注意事项........................................................................................................................ F-328
27.2.2 更换反转辊................................................................................................................................... F-328
27.2.3 更换 SC 反转释放马达 (M13) 和单向离合器 /A 和 /B ................................................................... F-329
27.2.4 更换 SC 加压臂电磁铁 (SD13)..................................................................................................... F-333
27.2.5 更换 FD 对齐电磁铁 (SD11) ........................................................................................................ F-334
27.2.6 润滑副扫描对齐板轴 .................................................................................................................... F-335
27.3 钳位部 ................................................................................................................................................ F-336
27.3.1 润滑钳位压板轴 ........................................................................................................................... F-336
27.4 胶槽部 ................................................................................................................................................ F-337
27.4.1 更换涂胶辊驱动齿轮轴承............................................................................................................. F-337
27.4.2 润滑涂胶辊驱动齿轮 .................................................................................................................... F-339
27.4.3 更换胶粒供应冷却风扇 (FM4) ...................................................................................................... F-340
27.4.4 更换胶槽组件............................................................................................................................... F-340
27.5 封面纸供应部 ..................................................................................................................................... F-343
27.5.1 拆卸 / 重新安装拾纸辊组件和分离辊组件 .................................................................................... F-343
27.5.2 更换拾纸辊和进纸辊 .................................................................................................................... F-347
27.5.3 更换分离辊................................................................................................................................... F-348
27.5.4 更换封面纸拾纸离合器 (CL71) 和封面纸分离离合器 (CL72) ....................................................... F-348
27.6 封面纸台部 ......................................................................................................................................... F-349
27.6.1 维修保养注意事项........................................................................................................................ F-349
27.6.2 更换辊切刀组件 ........................................................................................................................... F-349
27.6.3 清洁封面纸折叠板和书脊背板...................................................................................................... F-350
27.6.4 润滑封面纸对齐板轴 .................................................................................................................... F-351
27.7 书本存储部 ......................................................................................................................................... F-352
27.7.1 润滑导向轴 / 右和 / 左 .................................................................................................................. F-352
27.8 框架部 ............................................................................................................................................... F-353
27.8.1 更换排气过滤器 /A 和 /B .............................................................................................................. F-353
28. GP-501 定期维修保养步骤......................................................................................................F-355
28.1 维修保养步骤注意事项........................................................................................................................ F-355
28.2 模组维护 ............................................................................................................................................. F-355
28.2.1 模组维护 ...................................................................................................................................... F-355
28.2.2 模组寿命预期............................................................................................................................... F-355
28.2.3 模组元件 ...................................................................................................................................... F-355
28.2.4 检查和更换模组 ........................................................................................................................... F-357
28.2.5 检查和润滑模组销钉和模组带肩螺栓........................................................................................... F-357
28.2.6 打孔对齐检查............................................................................................................................... F-358
28.3 检查 , 清洁和润滑................................................................................................................................ F-358
28.3.1 检查 , 清洁和润滑......................................................................................................................... F-358
28.3.2 外部清洁 ...................................................................................................................................... F-359
28.3.3 内部清洁 ...................................................................................................................................... F-359
28.3.4 操作检查 ...................................................................................................................................... F-359
28.3.5 内部检查 ...................................................................................................................................... F-359
28.3.6 清洁基座 ...................................................................................................................................... F-359
28.3.7 清洁模具导轨............................................................................................................................... F-360
28.3.8 检查门锁扣................................................................................................................................... F-360
28.3.9 清洁和检查校准器纸张路径和面板 .............................................................................................. F-360
28.3.10 清洁和检查校准器惰辊............................................................................................................... F-361
28.3.11 清洁校准器 ( 绿色 ) 驱动带......................................................................................................... F-361
28.3.12 清洁和检查后量规电磁铁........................................................................................................... F-362
28.3.13 清洁和检查惰辊 ......................................................................................................................... F-362
28.3.14 清洁和检查打孔惰辊 .................................................................................................................. F-364
28.3.15 清洁和检查驱动辊...................................................................................................................... F-365
28.3.16 检查校准器锁扣 ......................................................................................................................... F-366
28.3.17 清洁光学传感器 ......................................................................................................................... F-366
28.3.18 清洁和检查旁路纸张路径........................................................................................................... F-367

28.3.19 清洁和检查打孔纸张路径........................................................................................................... F-368
28.3.20 清洁和检查同步带...................................................................................................................... F-368
28.3.21 旁路面板 .................................................................................................................................... F-368
28.3.22 旁路面板拆卸............................................................................................................................. F-369
28.3.23 校准器面板................................................................................................................................. F-370
28.3.24 校准器面板拆卸 ......................................................................................................................... F-370
28.3.25 校准器惰辊更换 ......................................................................................................................... F-370
28.3.26 校准器驱动带更换...................................................................................................................... F-371
28.3.27 清洁和检查动力驱动辊............................................................................................................... F-375
28.3.28 更换后量规机构 ......................................................................................................................... F-375
28.3.29 后量规拆卸................................................................................................................................. F-376
28.3.30 电磁铁弹簧更换 ......................................................................................................................... F-378
28.3.31 后量规叶片................................................................................................................................. F-379
28.3.32 后量规组件调整 ......................................................................................................................... F-379
28.3.33 打孔模块 .................................................................................................................................... F-379
28.3.34 打孔模块拆卸............................................................................................................................. F-380
28.3.35 润滑打孔驱动凸轮...................................................................................................................... F-381
28.3.36 打孔离合器更换 ......................................................................................................................... F-382
28.3.37 打孔模块止动器更换和调整 ....................................................................................................... F-384
28.3.38 打孔模块止动器更换 .................................................................................................................. F-384
28.3.39 打孔模块止动器调整 .................................................................................................................. F-384
28.3.40 打孔模块马达更换...................................................................................................................... F-385
28.3.41 打孔模块马达驱动带更换........................................................................................................... F-385
28.3.42 打孔模块驱动辊更换 .................................................................................................................. F-386
28.3.43 皮带更换 .................................................................................................................................... F-387
28.3.44 工具 ........................................................................................................................................... F-387
29. GP-502 定期维修保养步骤......................................................................................................F-388
G. 拆卸 / 重新组装.................................................................................................... G-1
1. 用户不得拆卸的项目 .................................................................................................................... G-1
1.1 用户不得拆卸的项目列表..........................................................................................................................G-1
1.2 用户不得拆卸的项目 .................................................................................................................................G-1
1.2.1 涂有螺钉锁紧胶的螺钉.......................................................................................................................G-1
1.2.2 禁止调整电路板旋钮 ..........................................................................................................................G-1
1.2.3 CCD 单元...........................................................................................................................................G-1
1.2.4 写入单元盖板.....................................................................................................................................G-2
1.2.5 光电导体部.........................................................................................................................................G-2
1.2.6 中间转印部.........................................................................................................................................G-3
1.2.7 对位部................................................................................................................................................G-3
1.2.8 定影部................................................................................................................................................G-4
2. 拆卸方面的警告和注意事项.......................................................................................................... G-5
2.1 电路板拆卸注意事项 .................................................................................................................................G-5
3. AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060,AccurioPrint C2060L ........................................................ G-6
3.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 .................................................................................................................................G-6
3.2 拆卸和组装步骤 ........................................................................................................................................G-7
3.2.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ..........................................................................................................................G-7
3.2.2 导管盖板 ............................................................................................................................................G-7
3.2.3 后盖板................................................................................................................................................G-7
3.2.4 左盖板................................................................................................................................................G-8
3.2.5 右盖板 / 上 1, 右盖板 / 上 2, 右盖板 / 上 3, 右盖板 / 上 4, 右盖板 / 下 1, 右盖板 / 下 2 ........................G-8
3.2.6 顶盖板 / 前 , 顶盖板 / 右 , 顶盖板 / 后 1, 顶盖板 / 后 2, 顶盖板 / 左 , 臂盖板 / 前 , 臂盖板 / 后 ...........G-10
3.2.7 主板单元 ..........................................................................................................................................G-11
3.2.8 整体控制电路板 (OACB)..................................................................................................................G-14
3.2.9 SSD (SSD) ......................................................................................................................................G-16
3.2.10 稿台组件 ........................................................................................................................................G-16
3.2.11 WT-511( 选购件 )...........................................................................................................................G-17
3.2.12 CCD 单元.......................................................................................................................................G-17
3.2.13 LED 曝光单元 ................................................................................................................................G-18
3.2.14 扫描器驱动电路板 (SCDB) ............................................................................................................G-19
3.2.15 扫描器马达 (M201) ........................................................................................................................G-20
3.2.16 写入单元 ........................................................................................................................................G-22
3.2.17 处理单元 ........................................................................................................................................G-25
3.2.18 图像校正单元.................................................................................................................................G-26
3.2.19 碳粉瓶马达 , 碳粉瓶离合器 , 碳粉余量传感器 , 碳粉供应马达........................................................G-27
3.2.20 双面器部 ........................................................................................................................................G-29
3.2.21 进纸盒............................................................................................................................................G-32
3.2.22 纸盒升降钢丝绳 /1, 纸盒升降钢丝绳 /2( 纸盒 1) .............................................................................G-32

3.2.23 纸盒升降钢丝绳 /3, 纸盒升降钢丝绳 /4( 纸盒 2) .............................................................................G-34
3.2.24 纸盒升降钢丝绳 /5( 纸盒 2) ............................................................................................................G-37
3.2.25 定影出纸板组件 .............................................................................................................................G-39
3.2.26 温度传感器 /1(TH1), 温度传感器 /2(TH2), 温控器 /1(TS1), 温控器 /2(TS2) ...................................G-40
3.2.27 温控器 /3(TS3)...............................................................................................................................G-42
3.2.28 温度传感器 /5(TH5) .......................................................................................................................G-43
3.2.29 定影分离风扇 /1(FM10), 定影分离风扇 /2(FM11) 和定影分离风扇 /3(FM12).................................G-45
3.2.30 HDD1,HDD2,HDD3 .......................................................................................................................G-46
3.2.31 硬盘 /4(HDD4) ...............................................................................................................................G-48
3.2.32 充电控制框架单元..........................................................................................................................G-48
3.2.33 折页风扇 /4(FN35) 和折页风扇 /5(FM36).......................................................................................G-54
4. DF-706....................................................................................................................................... G-56
4.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...............................................................................................................................G-56
4.2 拆卸和组装步骤 ......................................................................................................................................G-56
4.2.1 前盖板..............................................................................................................................................G-56
4.2.2 后盖板..............................................................................................................................................G-56
4.2.3 DF-706.............................................................................................................................................G-57
4.2.4 前侧稿台清洁辊单元 ........................................................................................................................G-60
4.2.5 后侧稿台清洁辊单元 ........................................................................................................................G-61
4.2.6 CIS 模块 (CIS) .................................................................................................................................G-62
4.2.7 DF 控制电路板 (DFCB)....................................................................................................................G-64
4.2.8 限制板位置刻度 (VR1) .....................................................................................................................G-65
4.2.9 DF 电源 (DFPU)...............................................................................................................................G-66
4.2.10 传感器控制电路板 (SCB) ...............................................................................................................G-67
4.2.11 多张进纸检测电路板 /1( 发射器 )(MFDB/1)....................................................................................G-67
4.2.12 多张进纸检测电路板 /2( 接收器 )(MFDB/2)....................................................................................G-69
4.2.13 搓纸马达 (M1)................................................................................................................................G-70
4.2.14 对位马达 (M2)................................................................................................................................G-71
4.2.15 读取马达 (M3)................................................................................................................................G-71
4.2.16 出纸马达 (M4)................................................................................................................................G-72
4.2.17 读取辊加压 / 缩回马达 (M6) ...........................................................................................................G-73
4.2.18 后侧清洁马达 (M7).........................................................................................................................G-74
4.2.19 前侧清洁马达 (M8).........................................................................................................................G-74
4.2.20 搓纸离合器 (CL1)...........................................................................................................................G-74
4.2.21 冷却风扇马达 (FM) ........................................................................................................................G-74
4.2.22 更换分离辊扭矩限制器...................................................................................................................G-75
5. PF-602m .................................................................................................................................... G-76
5.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...............................................................................................................................G-76
5.2 拆卸和组装步骤 ......................................................................................................................................G-76
5.2.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ........................................................................................................................G-76
5.2.2 右盖板..............................................................................................................................................G-76
5.2.3 后盖板 / 左 2 ....................................................................................................................................G-77
5.2.4 后盖板 / 左 1 和 / 右..........................................................................................................................G-77
5.2.5 前门 .................................................................................................................................................G-78
5.2.6 纸盒 .................................................................................................................................................G-78
5.2.7 提升钢丝绳.......................................................................................................................................G-80
5.2.8 纸张提升马达 /1(M2) 和 /2(M3)........................................................................................................G-84
5.2.9 垂直传输单元...................................................................................................................................G-86
5.2.10 水平传输单元.................................................................................................................................G-87
5.2.11 多张进纸检测电路板 (MFDBR 和 MFDBS) ....................................................................................G-88
6. PF-707 ....................................................................................................................................... G-91
6.1 用户不得拆卸或重新安装的项目 .............................................................................................................G-91
6.1.1 框架面板 /1, 框架面板 /2 ..................................................................................................................G-91
6.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...............................................................................................................................G-91
6.3 拆卸和组装步骤 ......................................................................................................................................G-92
6.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ........................................................................................................................G-92
6.3.2 右盖板..............................................................................................................................................G-92
6.3.3 后盖板 / 左 4 ....................................................................................................................................G-92
6.3.4 后盖板 / 左 2, 后盖板 / 左 3 ..............................................................................................................G-93
6.3.5 后盖板 / 左 1 ....................................................................................................................................G-93
6.3.6 后盖板 / 右 .......................................................................................................................................G-93
6.3.7 前门 .................................................................................................................................................G-94
6.3.8 纸盒前盖板.......................................................................................................................................G-94
6.3.9 纸盒 .................................................................................................................................................G-95
6.3.10 提升钢丝绳.....................................................................................................................................G-96
6.3.11 纸张主缘分离风扇 / 前 1(FM9),/ 前 2(FM13),/ 前 3(FM17),/ 后 1(FM4),/ 后 2(FM8),/ 后 3(FM12) ...G-98
6.3.12 纸张主缘挡板电磁铁 /1(SD10),/2(SD14),/3(SD18) ......................................................................G-100
6.3.13 纸张提升马达 /1(M7),/2(M8),/3(M9).............................................................................................G-102

6.3.14 进纸吸气单元...............................................................................................................................G-105
6.3.15 进纸皮带 ......................................................................................................................................G-106
6.3.16 吸纸风扇 /1(FM1),/2(FM2),/3(FM3),/4(FM4),/5(FM5),/6(FM6).....................................................G-109
6.3.17 进纸辅助风扇 / 前 1(FM11),/ 前 2(FM15),/ 前 3(FM19),/ 后 1(FM12),/ 后 2(FM16),/ 后 3(FM20)...G-110
6.3.18 挡板电磁铁 / 前 1(SD5),/ 前 2(SD10),/ 前 3(SD15),/ 后 1(SD6),/ 后 2(SD11),/ 后 3(SD16)..........G-114
6.3.19 进纸检查窗口...............................................................................................................................G-116
6.3.20 垂直传输单元...............................................................................................................................G-116
6.3.21 水平传输单元...............................................................................................................................G-117
6.3.22 多张进纸检测电路板 (MFDBR,MFDBS) ......................................................................................G-119
7. LU-202m/LU-202XL................................................................................................................. G-121
7.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 .............................................................................................................................G-121
7.2 拆卸和组装步骤 ...................................................................................................................................G-121
7.2.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ......................................................................................................................G-121
7.2.2 上门 ...............................................................................................................................................G-121
7.2.3 上门 / 右 (LU-202XL) .....................................................................................................................G-121
7.2.4 离合器盖板.....................................................................................................................................G-122
7.2.5 进纸盖板 ........................................................................................................................................G-122
7.2.6 右盖板 (LU-202m)..........................................................................................................................G-122
7.2.7 右盖板 (LU-202XL) ........................................................................................................................G-122
7.2.8 前盖板 (LU-202m)..........................................................................................................................G-123
7.2.9 前盖板 (LU-202XL) ........................................................................................................................G-123
7.2.10 后盖板 (LU-202m)........................................................................................................................G-124
7.2.11 后盖板 (LU-202XL) ......................................................................................................................G-125
7.2.12 更换提升钢丝绳 (LU-202m) .........................................................................................................G-125
7.2.13 更换提升钢丝绳 (LU-202XL)........................................................................................................G-133
7.2.14 纸张尺寸 VR(VR1)(LU-202m)......................................................................................................G-142
7.2.15 纸张尺寸 VR(VR1)(LU-202XL) ....................................................................................................G-143
7.2.16 更换多张进纸检测电路板 (LU-202XL) .........................................................................................G-144
8. MB-506 .................................................................................................................................... G-147
8.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 .............................................................................................................................G-147
8.2 拆卸和组装步骤 ....................................................................................................................................G-147
8.2.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ......................................................................................................................G-147
8.2.2 纸张尺寸 VR/BP(VR3) ...................................................................................................................G-147
9. MK-744C.................................................................................................................................. G-149
9.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 .............................................................................................................................G-149
9.2 拆卸和组装步骤 ....................................................................................................................................G-149
9.2.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ......................................................................................................................G-149
9.2.2 状态指示灯.....................................................................................................................................G-149
10. OT-510................................................................................................................................... G-153
10.1 禁止拆卸 / 重新组装的项目 .................................................................................................................G-153
10.1.1 涂以红色的螺钉 ...........................................................................................................................G-153
10.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-153
10.3 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-153
10.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-153
10.3.2 前门 .............................................................................................................................................G-153
10.3.3 后盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-154
10.3.4 上盖板 / 右 1 ................................................................................................................................G-154
10.3.5 上盖板 / 右 2 ................................................................................................................................G-155
10.3.6 上盖板 / 前 1 ................................................................................................................................G-155
10.3.7 上盖板 / 前 2 ................................................................................................................................G-156
10.3.8 上盖板 / 后 ...................................................................................................................................G-156
10.3.9 上盖板 / 中 ...................................................................................................................................G-156
10.3.10 副纸盘........................................................................................................................................G-157
10.3.11 主纸盘........................................................................................................................................G-157
10.3.12 主纸盘升降马达 (M11), 主纸盘升降驱动组件.............................................................................G-157
10.3.13 更换电路板的注意事项...............................................................................................................G-160
11. OT-511................................................................................................................................... G-162
11.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-162
11.2 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-162
11.2.1 出纸单元 ......................................................................................................................................G-162
11.2.2 左盖板 / 上 ,/ 下............................................................................................................................G-163
11.2.3 后盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-164
11.2.4 传输门..........................................................................................................................................G-164
12. EF-103 ................................................................................................................................... G-166
12.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-166
13. MK-740 .................................................................................................................................. G-167
13.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-167

13.2 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-167
13.2.1 进纸盒..........................................................................................................................................G-167
13.2.2 出纸盘..........................................................................................................................................G-167
14. RU-509/HM-102 .................................................................................................................... G-168
14.1 用户不得拆卸或重新安装的项目 .........................................................................................................G-168
14.1.1 色彩浓度传感器单元 ....................................................................................................................G-168
14.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-168
14.3 拆卸和组装步骤 .................................................................................................................................G-169
14.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-169
14.3.2 前门 .............................................................................................................................................G-169
14.3.3 后盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-169
14.3.4 上盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-170
14.3.5 增湿单元 ......................................................................................................................................G-170
14.3.6 注水箱..........................................................................................................................................G-173
14.3.7 泵马达 (P1) ..................................................................................................................................G-174
14.3.8 色彩浓度传感器单元 ....................................................................................................................G-175
14.3.9 挡板 .............................................................................................................................................G-176
14.3.10 更换电路板的注意事项...............................................................................................................G-176
15. RU-510 .................................................................................................................................. G-177
15.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-177
15.2 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-177
15.2.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-177
15.2.2 前门 .............................................................................................................................................G-177
15.2.3 后盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-178
15.2.4 左盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-178
15.2.5 上盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-179
15.2.6 更换电路板的注意事项.................................................................................................................G-179
16. FS-531 .................................................................................................................................. G-181
16.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-181
16.2 拆卸和组装步骤 .................................................................................................................................G-181
16.2.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-181
16.2.2 上盖板 /1......................................................................................................................................G-181
16.2.3 上盖板 /2......................................................................................................................................G-181
16.2.4 前门 .............................................................................................................................................G-182
16.2.5 后盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-182
16.2.6 左盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-182
16.2.7 主纸盘..........................................................................................................................................G-183
16.2.8 更换升降钢丝绳 ...........................................................................................................................G-183
16.2.9 堆叠器单元...................................................................................................................................G-187
16.2.10 出纸开口单元.............................................................................................................................G-188
16.2.11 更换电路板的注意事项...............................................................................................................G-189
17. FS-612 .................................................................................................................................. G-190
17.1 用户不得拆卸或重新安装的项目 .........................................................................................................G-190
17.1.1 折叠止动器上禁止拆卸的螺钉......................................................................................................G-190
17.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-190
17.3 拆卸和组装步骤 .................................................................................................................................G-191
17.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-191
17.3.2 上盖板 /1......................................................................................................................................G-191
17.3.3 上盖板 /2......................................................................................................................................G-191
17.3.4 前门 .............................................................................................................................................G-191
17.3.5 后盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-192
17.3.6 左盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-192
17.3.7 主纸盘..........................................................................................................................................G-192
17.3.8 更换升降钢丝绳 ...........................................................................................................................G-193
17.3.9 堆叠器单元盖板 ...........................................................................................................................G-196
17.3.10 堆叠器单元.................................................................................................................................G-197
17.3.11 出纸开口单元.............................................................................................................................G-198
17.3.12 更换电路板的注意事项...............................................................................................................G-199
18. PK-512/513............................................................................................................................ G-200
18.1 用户不得拆卸和调整的项目 ................................................................................................................G-200
18.1.1 打孔单元 ......................................................................................................................................G-200
18.2 拆卸 / 重新安装零件列表.....................................................................................................................G-200
18.3 拆卸 / 重新安装步骤............................................................................................................................G-200
18.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-200
18.3.2 打孔单元 ......................................................................................................................................G-200
19. PI-502 ................................................................................................................................... G-203
19.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-203

19.2 拆卸和组装步骤 .................................................................................................................................G-203
19.2.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-203
19.2.2 上盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-203
19.2.3 后盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-203
19.2.4 操作面板盖板...............................................................................................................................G-203
19.2.5 PI 单元.........................................................................................................................................G-204
20. FS-532 ................................................................................................................................... G-205
20.1 用户不得拆卸或重新安装的项目 .........................................................................................................G-205
20.1.1 涂有红色油漆的螺钉 ....................................................................................................................G-205
20.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-205
20.3 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-206
20.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-206
20.3.2 前门 .............................................................................................................................................G-206
20.3.3 后盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-206
20.3.4 上盖板 / 右 1 ................................................................................................................................G-207
20.3.5 上盖板 / 右 2 ................................................................................................................................G-207
20.3.6 上盖板 / 前 1 ................................................................................................................................G-208
20.3.7 上盖板 / 前 2 ................................................................................................................................G-208
20.3.8 上盖板 / 后 ...................................................................................................................................G-209
20.3.9 上盖板 / 中 ...................................................................................................................................G-209
20.3.10 前盖板........................................................................................................................................G-209
20.3.11 副纸盘........................................................................................................................................G-210
20.3.12 堆叠器单元.................................................................................................................................G-210
20.3.13 主纸盘........................................................................................................................................G-212
20.3.14 主纸盘升降马达 (M11), 主纸盘升降驱动组件.............................................................................G-212
20.3.15 更换电路板的注意事项...............................................................................................................G-215
21. SD-510................................................................................................................................... G-216
21.1 用户不得拆卸或重新安装的项目 .........................................................................................................G-216
21.1.1 涂有红色油漆的螺钉 ....................................................................................................................G-216
21.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-219
21.3 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-220
21.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-220
21.3.2 前盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-220
21.3.3 装订器单元盖板 ...........................................................................................................................G-220
21.3.4 SD 单元 .......................................................................................................................................G-221
21.3.5 折叠刀组件 /1...............................................................................................................................G-224
21.3.6 折叠刀组件 /2...............................................................................................................................G-226
22. PK-522................................................................................................................................... G-230
22.1 用户不得拆卸或重新安装的项目 .........................................................................................................G-230
22.1.1 涂有红色油漆的螺钉 ....................................................................................................................G-230
22.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-230
22.3 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-230
22.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-230
22.3.2 打孔单元 ......................................................................................................................................G-230
23. LS-506 ................................................................................................................................... G-232
23.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-232
23.2 拆卸和组装步骤 .................................................................................................................................G-232
23.2.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-232
23.2.2 盖板 .............................................................................................................................................G-232
23.2.3 更换堆叠器纸盘升 / 降钢丝绳.......................................................................................................G-235
24. FD-503 .................................................................................................................................. G-239
24.1 用户不得拆卸或重新安装的项目 .........................................................................................................G-239
24.1.1 折叠 / 传输切换位置调整部 ..........................................................................................................G-239
24.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-239
24.3 拆卸和组装步骤 .................................................................................................................................G-239
24.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-239
24.3.2 上盖板 / 前 +PI 盖板 / 前 ..............................................................................................................G-239
24.3.3 上盖板 / 后+ PI 盖板 / 后.............................................................................................................G-240
24.3.4 上门 .............................................................................................................................................G-240
24.3.5 后盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-241
24.3.6 左盖板 / 前 ...................................................................................................................................G-241
24.3.7 左盖板 / 后 ...................................................................................................................................G-242
24.3.8 出纸止动器盖板 ...........................................................................................................................G-242
24.3.9 右盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-242
24.3.10 左盖板 / 上 .................................................................................................................................G-243
24.3.11 安装盖板 ....................................................................................................................................G-243
24.3.12 前门 ...........................................................................................................................................G-244
24.3.13 清洁第二折叠传输传感器 (PS53)...............................................................................................G-244

24.3.14 清洁第三折叠传输传感器 (PS54)...............................................................................................G-245
24.3.15 清洁第三折叠辊 .........................................................................................................................G-245
24.3.16 折叠传输部.................................................................................................................................G-246
24.3.17 主纸盘升 / 降钢丝绳...................................................................................................................G-249
24.3.18 多张进纸检测电路板 /1(MFDB/1),/2(MFDB/2) ...........................................................................G-255
24.3.19 更换电路板的注意事项...............................................................................................................G-257
25. SD-506 .................................................................................................................................. G-258
25.1 禁止拆卸 / 重新组装的项目 ................................................................................................................G-258
25.1.1 裁切刀原位传感器 (PS50), 裁切刀上限传感器 (PS51).................................................................G-258
25.1.2 裁切器完成传感器 (PS62)............................................................................................................G-258
25.1.3 防钢丝绳松动传感器 (PS66) ........................................................................................................G-258
25.1.4 裁切器加压上限传感器 (PS52), 裁切器加压原位传感器 (PS53) ..................................................G-259
25.1.5 裁切器加压止动器........................................................................................................................G-260
25.1.6 裁切器加压同步带的固定螺钉......................................................................................................G-260
25.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-261
25.3 拆卸和组装步骤 .................................................................................................................................G-261
25.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-261
25.3.2 后盖板 / 左 ...................................................................................................................................G-261
25.3.3 后盖板 / 右 ...................................................................................................................................G-261
25.3.4 左盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-262
25.3.5 上盖板 / 前 ...................................................................................................................................G-262
25.3.6 上盖板 / 后 3 ................................................................................................................................G-262
25.3.7 副纸盘盖板...................................................................................................................................G-263
25.3.8 前门 / 左.......................................................................................................................................G-264
25.3.9 前门 / 右.......................................................................................................................................G-264
25.3.10 折叠单元 ....................................................................................................................................G-265
25.3.11 更换电路板的注意事项...............................................................................................................G-267
26. SD-513................................................................................................................................... G-268
26.1 用户不得拆卸或重新安装的项目 .........................................................................................................G-268
26.1.1 涂有红色油漆的螺钉 ....................................................................................................................G-268
26.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-269
26.3 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-269
26.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-269
26.3.2 后盖板 / 右 ,/ 左............................................................................................................................G-269
26.3.3 右盖板 /1,/2,/3..............................................................................................................................G-270
26.3.4 前盖板 /1,/2,/3..............................................................................................................................G-271
26.3.5 左盖板 / 前 1, 左盖板 / 前 2, 左盖板 / 前 3 ....................................................................................G-272
26.3.6 左盖板 / 后 ...................................................................................................................................G-273
26.3.7 上盖板 / 后右 1,/ 后右 2,/ 后右 3,/ 后右 4,/ 后右 5,/ 后右 6............................................................G-273
26.3.8 上盖板 / 前右 1,/ 前右 2,/ 前右 3...................................................................................................G-275
26.3.9 上盖板 / 前左 1,/ 前左 2................................................................................................................G-277
26.3.10 上盖板 / 后左 1,/ 后左 2,/ 后左 3, 副纸盘盖板.............................................................................G-278
26.3.11 前控制台的打开和关闭...............................................................................................................G-279
26.3.12 前部控制台.................................................................................................................................G-281
26.3.13 夹持器出纸单元 .........................................................................................................................G-283
26.3.14 小册子纸盘部的门的打开和关闭 ................................................................................................G-285
26.3.15 小册子固定装置的上下移动 .......................................................................................................G-286
26.3.16 更换电路板的注意事项...............................................................................................................G-286
27. CR-101 .................................................................................................................................. G-287
27.1 禁止拆卸 / 重新组装的项目 .................................................................................................................G-287
27.1.1 涂有红色油漆的螺钉 ....................................................................................................................G-287
27.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-287
27.3 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-287
27.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-287
27.3.2 折缝单元 ......................................................................................................................................G-287
28. TU-503................................................................................................................................... G-288
28.1 禁止拆卸 / 重新组装的项目 .................................................................................................................G-288
28.1.1 涂有红色油漆的螺钉 ....................................................................................................................G-288
28.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-288
28.3 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-288
28.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-288
28.3.2 切纸器单元...................................................................................................................................G-288
29. FD-504................................................................................................................................... G-291
29.1 用户不得拆卸或重新安装的项目 .........................................................................................................G-291
29.1.1 涂有红色油漆的螺钉 ....................................................................................................................G-291
29.2 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-291
29.3 拆卸和组装步骤 ..................................................................................................................................G-291
29.3.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-291

29.3.2 书脊角形成单元 ...........................................................................................................................G-291
29.3.3 拆卸 FD-504 时的注意事项 (1).....................................................................................................G-293
29.3.4 拆卸 FD-504 时的注意事项 (2).....................................................................................................G-295
30. PB-503 .................................................................................................................................. G-296
30.1 拆卸和组装部件列表 ...........................................................................................................................G-296
30.2 拆卸和组装步骤 .................................................................................................................................G-297
30.2.1 拆卸和组装注意事项 ....................................................................................................................G-297
30.2.2 前门 .............................................................................................................................................G-297
30.2.3 前盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-298
30.2.4 小册子门 ......................................................................................................................................G-298
30.2.5 后盖板 / 右 ...................................................................................................................................G-299
30.2.6 后盖板 / 左 ...................................................................................................................................G-300
30.2.7 左盖板..........................................................................................................................................G-300
30.2.8 中继传输齿轮盖板 / 前 .................................................................................................................G-301
30.2.9 中继传输齿轮盖板 / 后 .................................................................................................................G-301
30.2.10 胶粒供应盖板.............................................................................................................................G-301
30.2.11 SC 盖板 / 前...............................................................................................................................G-302
30.2.12 SC 盖板 / 上...............................................................................................................................G-303
30.2.13 上盖板 / 前右..............................................................................................................................G-304
30.2.14 上盖板 / 前左..............................................................................................................................G-304
30.2.15 上盖板 / 后右..............................................................................................................................G-305
30.2.16 上盖板 / 后左..............................................................................................................................G-305
30.2.17 上盖板 / 中 .................................................................................................................................G-305
30.2.18 除臭单元 ....................................................................................................................................G-306
30.2.19 胶粒供应单元.............................................................................................................................G-306
30.2.20 胶槽单元 ....................................................................................................................................G-308
30.2.21 SC 单元 .....................................................................................................................................G-309
30.2.22 夹钳单元 ....................................................................................................................................G-311
30.2.23 PB 左侧单元 ..............................................................................................................................G-312
30.2.24 书本提升钢丝绳 .........................................................................................................................G-315
30.2.25 手推车钢丝绳.............................................................................................................................G-319
30.2.26 传输单元 / 下..............................................................................................................................G-320
30.2.27 中继传输单元.............................................................................................................................G-321
30.2.28 封面纸纸盒.................................................................................................................................G-322
30.2.29 封面纸提升钢丝绳......................................................................................................................G-323
30.2.30 带手动操作功能的装订模式步骤 ................................................................................................G-328
30.2.31 多张进纸检测电路板 /S(MFDBS) 和 /R(MFDBR).......................................................................G-328
31. GP-501 .................................................................................................................................. G-331
31.1 对中打孔 .............................................................................................................................................G-331
31.2 门锁扣.................................................................................................................................................G-332
31.2.1 门锁扣检查...................................................................................................................................G-332
31.2.2 门锁扣调整...................................................................................................................................G-332
31.2.3 门锁扣和开关更换........................................................................................................................G-333
31.3 GP-501 打孔系统维护准备 .................................................................................................................G-333
31.3.1 GP-501 打孔系统维护准备 ..........................................................................................................G-333
31.3.2 从打印机上分离打孔系统.............................................................................................................G-333
31.3.3 拆下后盖板...................................................................................................................................G-333
31.4 水平调整和对齐打印机........................................................................................................................G-334
32. GP-502 .................................................................................................................................. G-335
33. 市售零件 ................................................................................................................................ G-336
33.1 插入式计数器 (KCT) ...........................................................................................................................G-336
33.1.1 连接头..........................................................................................................................................G-336
33.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................G-336
H. 清洁 / 润滑............................................................................................................H-1
1. 清洁 / 润滑步骤 ............................................................................................................................ H-1
I. 调整 / 设置............................................................................................................... I-1
1. 检查要点 ........................................................................................................................................ I-1
1.1 开始工作前的检查内容............................................................................................................................... I-1
1.2 开展现场维修时的检查要点 ....................................................................................................................... I-1
2. 机器设置 ........................................................................................................................................ I-2
2.1 机器设置菜单列表...................................................................................................................................... I-2
2.1.1 层次结构 ............................................................................................................................................. I-2
2.2 启动和退出................................................................................................................................................. I-6
2.2.1 启动方法 ............................................................................................................................................. I-6

2.2.2 退出方法 ............................................................................................................................................. I-6
3. 调整项目列表 ................................................................................................................................. I-7
3.1 更换零件后开展的调整 / 设置的优先顺序 .................................................................................................. I-7
4. SERVICE MODE( 维修模式 )....................................................................................................... I-11
4.1 维修模式列表........................................................................................................................................... I-11
4.1.1 层次结构 ........................................................................................................................................... I-11
4.2 启动和退出............................................................................................................................................... I-15
4.2.1 启动方法 ........................................................................................................................................... I-15
4.2.2 退出方法 ........................................................................................................................................... I-16
4.3 Machine Adjustment( 机器调整 ) ............................................................................................................. I-16
4.3.1 Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)( 重新启动时序调整 ( 打印机调整 ))....................... I-16
4.3.2 Centering Auto Adjustment (Printer Adjustment - Centering Adjustment)( 对中自动调整
( 打印机调整 - 对中调整 ))........................................................................................................................... I-17
4.3.3 Centering Sensor Gap Adj.(Printer Adjustment - Centering Adjustment)( 对中传感器间隙调整
( 打印机调整 - 对中调整 ))........................................................................................................................... I-17
4.3.4 Centering Adjustment (Printer Adjustment - Centering Adjustment)( 对中调整 ( 打印机调整 -
对中调整 )).................................................................................................................................................. I-18
4.3.5 FD-Mag.Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)(FD 方向缩放调整 ( 打印机调整 )).................................... I-19
4.3.6 CD-Mag.Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)(CD 方向缩放调整 ( 打印机调整 ))................................... I-20
4.3.7 Lead Edge Erase Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)( 主缘消除调整 ( 打印机调整 )).......................... I-20
4.3.8 Registration Loop Adj.(Printer Adjustment)( 对位波幅调整 ( 打印机调整 )) ...................................... I-21
4.3.9 Pre-registration Adj.(Printer Adjustment)( 预对位调整 ( 打印机调整 )) ............................................. I-21
4.3.10 Belt Line Speed Adj.(Printer Adjustment)( 皮带线速度调整 ( 打印机调整 )) ................................... I-22
4.3.11 Skew Initial Position Memory (Printer Adjustment - Writing Initial Pos. Memory)( 歪斜初始
位置记忆 ( 打印机调整 - 写入初始位置记忆 )) ............................................................................................. I-22
4.3.12 Color Registration Auto.Adj.(Printer Adjustment)( 自动色彩对位调整 ( 打印机调整 )).................... I-23
4.3.13 Color Regist.Gap Masurement (Printer Adjustment)( 色彩对位间隙调整 ( 打印机调整 ))............... I-25
4.3.14 Double Feed Detect Adj.(Printer Adjustment)( 双张进纸检测调整 ( 打印机调整 )) ......................... I-29
4.3.15 Crosswise Dir.Skew Adj.(Printer Adjustment)(CD 方向歪斜调整 ( 打印机调整 )) ........................... I-31
4.3.16 Beam Pitch Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)( 光束间距调整 ( 打印机调整 )) ................................. I-32
4.3.17 Color Regist.Manual Adj.(Printer Adjustment)( 手动色彩对位调整 ( 打印机调整 ))......................... I-33
4.3.18 LCT Banner Regist.Speed Adj.(Printer Adjustment)(LCT 横幅对位速度调整 ( 打印机调整 )) ........ I-35
4.3.19 Recall Standard Data (Printer Adjustment)( 调用标准数据 ( 打印机调整 )) .................................... I-37
4.3.20 Restart Timing Adjustment (Scan Adjustment)( 重新启动时序调整 ( 扫描调整 ))........................... I-37
4.3.21 Centering Adjustment (Scan Adjustment)( 对中调整 ( 扫描调整 )) ................................................. I-38
4.3.22 FD-Mag.Adjustment (Scan Adjustment)(FD 方向缩放调整 ( 扫描调整 ))........................................ I-39
4.3.23 Scan Gradation/Color Adj.(Scan Adjustment)( 扫描色阶 / 色彩调整 ( 扫描调整 )).......................... I-39
4.3.24 CD-Mag.Adjustment (Scan Adjustment)(CD 方向缩放调整 ( 扫描调整 ))....................................... I-40
4.3.25 Sensor Check (Scan Adjustment)( 传感器检查 ( 扫描调整 )).......................................................... I-41
4.3.26 CCD Check (Scan Adjustment)(CCD 检查 ( 扫描调整 )) ................................................................ I-41
4.3.27 Line Mag.Setting (Scan Adjustment)( 线条缩放设置 ( 扫描调整 )).................................................. I-41
4.3.28 Recall Standard Data (Scan Adjustment)( 调用标准数据 ( 扫描调整 )) .......................................... I-42
4.3.29 IDC Sensor Adjustment (Quality Adjustment - Gamma Curve Adjustment)(IDC 传感器调整
( 质量调整 -Gamma 曲线调整 )).................................................................................................................. I-42
4.3.30 IDC Sensor Adjustment (RU)(Quality Adjustment - Gamma Curve Adjustment)(IDC 传感器调整
(RU)( 质量调整 -Gamma 曲线调整 )).......................................................................................................... I-44
4.3.31 Highlight Automatic Adj.(Quality Adjustment - Gamma Curve Adjustment)( 高亮自动调整
( 质量调整 -Gamma 曲线调整 )).................................................................................................................. I-45
4.3.32 Highlight Automatic Adj.(RU) (Quality Adjustment - Gamma Curve Adjustment)( 高亮自动调整
(RU)( 质量调整 -Gamma 曲线调整 )).......................................................................................................... I-46
4.3.33 Highlight Adjustment (Quality Adjustment - Gamma Curve Adjustment)( 高亮调整 ( 质量调整 -
Gamma 曲线调整 )) .................................................................................................................................... I-47
4.3.34 Half-Tone Adjustment (Quality Adjustment - Gamma Curve Adjustment)( 半色调调整 ( 质量调整 -
Gamma 曲线调整 )) .................................................................................................................................... I-48
4.3.35 Sharpness Adjustment (Quality Adjustment)( 清晰度调整 ( 质量调整 ))......................................... I-48
4.3.36 Contrast Adjustment (Quality Adjustment)( 对比度调整 ( 质量调整 ))............................................. I-49
4.3.37 Dot Detect Adjustment (Quality Adjustment - Image Distinction Level)( 点检测调整 ( 质量调整 -
图像区分级别 ))........................................................................................................................................... I-49
4.3.38 Color Text Adjustment (Quality Adjustment - Image Distinction Level)( 彩色文本调整 ( 质量调整 -
图像区分级别 ))........................................................................................................................................... I-49
4.3.39 Dot/Text Area Adjustment (Quality Adjustment - Image Distinction Level)( 点 / 文本区域调整
( 质量调整 - 图像区分级别 )) ....................................................................................................................... I-50
4.3.40 ACS Adjustment (Quality Adjustment)(ACS 调整 ( 质量调整 )) ...................................................... I-50
4.3.41 AE(AES) Adjustment (Quality Adjustment - Density Adjustment)(AE(AES) 调整 ( 质量调整 -
浓度调整 )).................................................................................................................................................. I-51
4.3.42 Copy Density Adjustment (Quality Adjustment - Density Adjustment)( 复印浓度调整 ( 质量调整 -
浓度调整 )).................................................................................................................................................. I-51

4.3.43 Background Removal (Quality Adjustment - Density Adjustment)( 背景消除 ( 质量调整 -
浓度调整 )).................................................................................................................................................. I-52
4.3.44 Tone Adjustment (RGB/YMC) (Quality Adjustment - Tone Adjustment)( 色调调整 (RGB/YMC)
( 质量调整 - 色调调整 )) .............................................................................................................................. I-52
4.3.45 Recall Standard Data (Quality Adjustment)( 调用标准数据 ( 质量调整 )) ....................................... I-52
4.3.46 Non-Image Area Erase Check( 非图像区域消除检查 )................................................................... I-53
4.3.47 Laser Pulse Adjustment( 激光脉冲调整 )........................................................................................ I-53
4.3.48 Tray Size Adjustment (Tray Adjustment)( 纸盒尺寸调整 ( 纸盒调整 )) ........................................... I-54
4.4 Process Adjustment( 处理调整 ).............................................................................................................. I-54
4.4.1 1st Transfer Manual Adj.(High Voltage Adjustment)( 第一转印手动调整 ( 高压调整 ))..................... I-54
4.4.2 2nd Transfer Manual Adj.(High Voltage Adjustment)( 第二转印手动调整 ( 高压调整 )).................... I-54
4.4.3 Sep. Current Manual Adj.(High Voltage Adjustment)( 分离电流手动调整 ( 高压调整 )).................... I-54
4.4.4 Pre-transfer Guide Confirm (High Voltage Adjustment)( 预转印导板确认 ( 高压调整 )) ................... I-54
4.4.5 Blade Setting Mode (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)( 刮板设置模式 ( 感光鼓特性调整 )).............................. I-54
4.4.6 Gamma Automatic Adjustment (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)( 自动 Gamma 调整 ( 感光鼓特性调整 )) ..... I-55
4.4.7 Toner Density Sensor Init.(Drum Peculiarity Adj.)( 碳粉浓度传感器初始化 ( 感光鼓特性调整 )) ...... I-55
4.4.8 Toner Density Revert (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)( 碳粉浓度恢复 ( 感光鼓特性调整 )) ........................... I-55
4.4.9 Max Density Initial Adj.(Drum Peculiarity Adj.)( 最大浓度初始调整 ( 感光鼓特性调整 ))................... I-56
4.4.10 All Dev.Unit Replace Adj.(Drum Peculiarity Adj.)( 所有显影单元更换调整 ( 感光鼓特性调整 ))...... I-92
4.4.11 IDC Sensor Output (Sensor Output Confirm)(IDC 传感器输出 ( 传感器输出确认 )) ....................... I-92
4.4.12 Toner Density Sensor Output (Sensor Output Confirm)( 碳粉浓度传感器输出 ( 传感器输出确认 )).....I-93
4.4.13 Humidity/Temperature Output (Sensor Output Confirm)( 湿度 / 温度输出 ( 传感器输出确认 ))...... I-93
4.4.14 1st Trans.Resistance Meas.(Sensor Output Confirm)( 第一转印电阻测量 ( 传感器输出确认 )) ..... I-93
4.4.15 2nd Trans.Resistance Meas.(Sensor Output Confirm)( 第二转印电阻测量 ( 传感器输出确认 )) .... I-94
4.4.16 Background Margin Fine Adj.(Process Fine Adjustment)( 背景页边微调 ( 处理微调 )) .................. I-94
4.4.17 Develop AC Bias Fine Adj.(Process Fine Adjustment)( 显影 AC 偏压微调 ( 处理微调 ))................ I-94
4.4.18 Develop AC Frequency (Process Fine Adjustment)( 显影 AC 频率 ( 处理微调 ))........................... I-95
4.4.19 Toner Density Fine Adj.(Process Fine Adjustment)( 碳粉浓度微调 ( 处理微调 )) ........................... I-95
4.4.20 Fusing Temperature Fine Adj.(Process Fine Adjustment)( 定影温度微调 ( 处理微调 )) ................. I-95
4.4.21 Drum Small Rotation Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.)( 感光鼓小幅旋转间隔 ( 间隔 / 数量调整 )).... I-96
4.4.22 Recall Standard Data( 调用标准数据 )............................................................................................ I-96
4.5 System setting( 系统设置 ) ...................................................................................................................... I-97
4.5.1 软开关 DIPSW 设置步骤................................................................................................................... I-97
4.5.2 Service Center TEL/FAX( 维修中心电话 / 传真 ) .............................................................................. I-97
4.5.3 Serial Number Setting( 序列号设置 ) ................................................................................................ I-97
4.5.4 Setup datepe of business setting( 设置业务设置的日期 / 类型 )................................................... I-98
4.5.5 Toner band creation condition (productivity priority setting)( 碳粉带创建条件 ( 生产力优先设置 )).....I-98
4.5.6 Restrictions on banner print( 横幅打印限制 ).................................................................................... I-98
4.5.7 设置碳粉量和碳粉瓶的更换计数 ....................................................................................................... I-99
4.5.8 图像错误的故障排除 ....................................................................................................................... I-100
4.5.9 Remaining staple amount display setting( 装订针余量显示设置 ) .................................................. I-102
4.5.10 Postcard full bleed print setting( 明信片全出血打印设置 ) ............................................................ I-104
4.6 DIPSW 1 至 100 .................................................................................................................................... I-105
4.6.1 软开关 DIPSW 设置列表 (1 至 100) ................................................................................................ I-105
4.7 DIPSW 101 至 200 ................................................................................................................................ I-152
4.7.1 软开关 DIPSW 设置列表 (101 至 200) ............................................................................................ I-152
4.8 DIPSW 201 至 250 ................................................................................................................................ I-177
4.8.1 软开关 DIPSW 设置列表 (201 至 250) ............................................................................................ I-177
4.9 DIPSW 251 至 300 ................................................................................................................................ I-186
4.9.1 软开关 DIPSW 设置列表 (251 至 300) ............................................................................................ I-186
4.10 Counter and data( 计数器和数据 )....................................................................................................... I-196
4.10.1 维修保养计数器 ............................................................................................................................ I-196
4.10.2 数据收集步骤................................................................................................................................ I-197
4.10.3 Paper Size Counter( 纸张尺寸计数器 )( 总计 / 复印 / 打印 ) ......................................................... I-197
4.10.4 ADF Counter(ADF 计数器 ) .......................................................................................................... I-198
4.10.5 Coverage Data History( 覆盖率数据记录 ).................................................................................... I-199
4.10.6 Paper JAM History( 卡纸历史记录 ).............................................................................................. I-201
4.10.7 JAM/JAM Counter Individual Sec.( 卡纸 / 各部卡纸计数器 )......................................................... I-201
4.10.8 Counter of Each Copy Mode( 各复印模式的计数器 ).................................................................... I-210
4.10.9 SC Counter/SC Counter Individual Sec.(SC 计数器 /SC 各部计数器 )......................................... I-220
4.10.10 SC data of time series( 按时间顺序列出的 SC 数据 ) ................................................................. I-236
4.10.11 Maintenance Counter Reset (Maintenance History)( 维修保养计数器重置 ( 维修保养记录 )) .... I-236
4.10.12 Parts History in Time Series (Maintenance History)( 按时间顺序列出的零件记录
( 维修保养记录 ))....................................................................................................................................... I-236
4.10.13 Counter of each paper type( 各纸张类型的计数器 ) ................................................................... I-237
4.10.14 ORU-M Maintenance History(ORU-M 维修保养历史记录 ) ........................................................ I-239
4.10.15 特殊零件计数器的检查 , 设置和重置步骤 ................................................................................... I-240
4.10.16 Special Parts Counter( 特殊零件计数器 ) ................................................................................... I-240

4.10.17 Voluntary Part Counter (Parts Counter)( 普通零件计数器 ( 零件计数器 )).................................. I-259
4.10.18 Total Counter History( 总计数器历史记录 )................................................................................. I-261
4.10.19 Life Counter( 使用寿命计数器 )................................................................................................... I-261
4.11 State confirmation( 状态确认 )............................................................................................................. I-261
4.11.1 I/O Check Mode(I/O 检查模式 ) .................................................................................................... I-261
4.11.2 输入检查步骤................................................................................................................................ I-262
4.11.3 输出检查步骤................................................................................................................................ I-262
4.11.4 IO check mode list(IO 检查模式列表 ) .......................................................................................... I-262
4.11.5 更换多张进纸检测电路板 (PI) 时的调整操作................................................................................. I-346
4.11.6 更换封面纸多张进纸检测电路板 (PB) 时的调整操作 .................................................................... I-348
4.11.7 FD-503,SD-506,SD-513,FS-531/612 和 PB-503 调整数据 EEPROM 存储.................................. I-349
4.11.8 主机调整数据 NVRAM 电路板存储 ............................................................................................... I-349
4.11.9 打印图像处理电路板直插式内存检查............................................................................................ I-349
4.11.10 硬盘检查 ..................................................................................................................................... I-350
4.11.11 硬盘更换步骤.............................................................................................................................. I-350
4.11.12 写入单元更换步骤....................................................................................................................... I-350
4.11.13 使用 IO35-21 或 IO35-25 时的步骤............................................................................................. I-351
4.12 ADF adjustment(ADF 调整 ) ................................................................................................................ I-351
4.12.1 ADF Original Size Adj.(ADF 原稿尺寸调整 )................................................................................. I-351
4.12.2 ADF Orig.Stop Position(ADF 原稿停止位置 ) ............................................................................... I-352
4.12.3 ADF Orig Stop Pos. Auto(ADF 原稿自动停止位置 ) ..................................................................... I-354
4.12.4 ADF Registration Loop Adj.(ADF 对位波幅调整 )......................................................................... I-354
4.12.5 Feed paper check( 进纸检查 ) ...................................................................................................... I-355
4.12.6 Sensor check( 传感器检查 ).......................................................................................................... I-355
4.12.7 Read Position Adj.( 读取位置调整 ) .............................................................................................. I-356
4.12.8 Read Position Auto Adj.( 读取位置自动调整 )............................................................................... I-356
4.12.9 FD-Mag.Adjustment(FD 方向缩放调整 )....................................................................................... I-357
4.12.10 FD-Mag.Auto Adjustment(FD 方向缩放自动调整 ) ..................................................................... I-357
4.12.11 Scanning Light Adjustment( 扫描亮度调整 )............................................................................... I-358
4.12.12 Mixed Original Size Adj.( 混合原稿尺寸调整 ) ............................................................................ I-358
4.12.13 Line Detection(Front Side)( 线条检测 ( 正面 ))............................................................................ I-358
4.12.14 Line Detection(Back Side)( 线条检测 ( 背面 ))............................................................................ I-359
4.12.15 ADF Scan Glass Auto Cleaning(ADF 扫描台自动清洁 )............................................................. I-359
4.12.16 Home Read Position Adj(Back)( 原位读取位置调整 ( 背面 ))...................................................... I-359
4.12.17 FD-Mag.Adjustment(Back)(FD 方向缩放调整 ( 背面 )) ............................................................... I-360
4.12.18 FD-Mag.Auto Adj.(Back)(FD 方向缩放自动调整 ( 背面 )) ........................................................... I-360
4.12.19 Main Scan Dir.Zoom(Back)( 主扫描方向缩放 ( 背面 ))................................................................ I-360
4.12.20 Main Scan Dir.Zoom Auto(Back)( 主扫描方向自动缩放 ( 背面 ))................................................ I-361
4.12.21 Original Tray Pre-rise Set.( 原稿纸盒预提升设置 ) ..................................................................... I-361
4.12.22 Multi-Feed Detection Adj.( 多张进纸检测调整 ) .......................................................................... I-361
4.12.23 Recall Standard Data( 调用标准数据 )........................................................................................ I-362
4.12.24 ADF Data Backup(ADF 数据备份 )............................................................................................. I-363
4.13 Finisher adjustment( 排纸处理器调整 )................................................................................................ I-363
4.13.1 OT-510 出纸导板单元纸张宽度调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 主 ) 调整 ) .............................................. I-363
4.13.2 FS-532 出纸导板单元纸张宽度调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 主 ) 调整 ) .............................................. I-364
4.13.3 FS-532 装订纸张宽度调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 主 ) 调整 )............................................................. I-365
4.13.4 FS-532 FD 对齐板调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 主 ) 调整 ).................................................................. I-366
4.13.5 FS-532 装订位置调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 主 ) 调整 ) .................................................................... I-367
4.13.6 FS-532 收卷叶片下降调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 主 ) 调整 )............................................................. I-369
4.13.7 SD-510 折叠和装订纸张宽度调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 ) .............................................. I-370
4.13.8 SD-510 折叠和装订间距调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 ) ..................................................... I-370
4.13.9 SD-510 折叠和装订折叠位置调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 ) .............................................. I-371
4.13.10 SD-510 折叠和装订装订位置调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 ) ............................................ I-372
4.13.11 SD-510 对折折叠位置调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 )....................................................... I-372
4.13.12 SD-510 三折叠位置调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 )........................................................... I-373
4.13.13 SD-510 双联折板调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 ) .............................................................. I-374
4.13.14 SD-510 对折强度调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 ) .............................................................. I-374
4.13.15 PK-522 纸张边缘传感器调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 打孔 ) 调整 ) ................................................... I-375
4.13.16 PK-522 对位调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 ( 打孔 ) 调整 )...................................................................... I-375
4.13.17 PK-522 水平位置调整 ( 进纸方向 )( 装订排纸处理器 ( 打孔 ) 调整 )............................................ I-376
4.13.18 PK-522 垂直位置调整 (CD 方向 )( 装订排纸处理器 ( 打孔 ) 调整 ).............................................. I-376
4.13.19 PI-502 纸盒尺寸调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 (PI) 调整 ) ..................................................................... I-377
4.13.20 PI-502 PI 对位调整 ( 装订排纸处理器 (PI) 调整 ) ........................................................................ I-377
4.13.21 FD-503 纸张宽度调整 ( 多功能折页器 ( 打孔 ) 调整 ).................................................................. I-378
4.13.22 FD-503 打孔垂直位置调整 ( 多功能折页器 ( 打孔 ) 调整 )........................................................... I-378
4.13.23 FD-503 折叠对位波幅调整 ( 多功能折页器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 )........................................................... I-379
4.13.24 FD-503 对折位置调整 ( 多功能折页器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 ).................................................................. I-380
4.13.25 FD-503 Z 形折叠位置调整 ( 多功能折页器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 ) ........................................................... I-380
24

4.13.26 FD-503 内三折位置调整 ( 多功能折页器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 ) .............................................................. I-382
4.13.27 FD-503 外三折位置调整 ( 多功能折页器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 ) .............................................................. I-383
4.13.28 FD-503 双联折叠位置调整 ( 多功能折页器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 )........................................................... I-384
4.13.29 FD-503 对开折叠位置调整 ( 多功能折页器 ( 折叠 ) 调整 )........................................................... I-386
4.13.30 LS-506 纸张宽度调整 ( 堆叠器调整 ) .......................................................................................... I-387
4.13.31 LS-506 纸张长度调整 ( 堆叠器调整 ) .......................................................................................... I-388
4.13.32 SD-506 折叠纸张宽度调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ) ........................................................................... I-388
4.13.33 SD-506 对折位置调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-389
4.13.34 SD-506 装订纸张宽度调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ) ........................................................................... I-390
4.13.35 SD-506 装订中央位置调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ) ........................................................................... I-391
4.13.36 SD-506 装订间距调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-392
4.13.37 SD-506 裁切调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ).......................................................................................... I-392
4.13.38 SD-506 三折叠位置调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )............................................................................... I-393
4.13.39 SD-506 裁切器接收器调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ) ........................................................................... I-394
4.13.40 SD-513 传送入口纸张宽度 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ) ........................................................................... I-395
4.13.41 SD-513 折叠纸张宽度调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ) ........................................................................... I-396
4.13.42 SD-513 折叠歪斜调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-397
4.13.43 SD-513 对折位置调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-398
4.13.44 SD-513 三折叠位置调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )............................................................................... I-399
4.13.45 CR-101 折缝位置调整 - 对折折缝位置 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ).......................................................... I-400
4.13.46 CR-101 折缝位置调整 - 三折叠折缝位置 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ) ...................................................... I-401
4.13.47 CR-101 折缝位置调整 -PB 封面折缝位置 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )..................................................... I-402
4.13.48 SD-513 装订纸张宽度调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ) ........................................................................... I-403
4.13.49 SD-513 装订中央调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-404
4.13.50 SD-513 装订间距调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-405
4.13.51 SD-513 鞍式装订位置调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ) ........................................................................... I-407
4.13.52 SD-513 装订偏移调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-408
4.13.53 SD-513 装订针顶端调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )............................................................................... I-409
4.13.54 FD-504 书脊折线调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-409
4.13.55 FD-504 展开折叠 ( 强度 )( 鞍式装订器调整 )............................................................................... I-410
4.13.56 FD-504 展开折叠 ( 频率 )( 鞍式装订器调整 )............................................................................... I-410
4.13.57 SD-513/FD-504 平行裁切调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )...................................................................... I-411
4.13.58 SD-513 前缘裁切调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-412
4.13.59 TU-503 对位波幅调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-412
4.13.60 TU-503 双面裁切调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-413
4.13.61 SD-513 裁切器接收器调整 ( 鞍式装订器调整 ) ........................................................................... I-414
4.13.62 PB-503 子整理 CD 宽度调整 ( 胶装装订器调整 ) ........................................................................ I-414
4.13.63 PB-503 钳位 CD 宽度调整 ( 胶装装订器调整 )............................................................................ I-415
4.13.64 PB-503 钳位 FD 位置调整 ( 胶装装订器调整 ) ............................................................................ I-416
4.13.65 PB-503 涂胶开始位置调整 ( 胶装装订器调整 )............................................................................ I-417
4.13.66 PB-503 涂胶结束位置调整 ( 胶装装订器调整 )............................................................................ I-418
4.13.67 PB-503 封面主缘调整 ( 胶装装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-419
4.13.68 PB-503 封面裁切调整 ( 胶装装订器调整 )................................................................................... I-420
4.13.69 PB-503 封面上下 CD 宽度调整 ( 胶装装订器调整 )..................................................................... I-421
4.13.70 PB-503 书脊角形成位置调整 ( 胶装装订器调整 )........................................................................ I-422
4.13.71 PB-503 温度调整 ( 胶装装订器调整 ).......................................................................................... I-422
4.13.72 RU-510 纸张宽度调整 ( 中继堆叠器调整 ) .................................................................................. I-423
4.13.73 RU-510 纸张长度调整 ( 中继堆叠器调整 ) .................................................................................. I-424
4.13.74 FS-531/612 确认进纸位置 .......................................................................................................... I-424
4.13.75 FS-612 折页和装订止动器调整................................................................................................... I-427
4.13.76 FS-612 对折止动器调整.............................................................................................................. I-428
4.13.77 PK-512/513 垂直位置调整 ( 打孔调整 )....................................................................................... I-428
4.13.78 PK-512/513 水平位置调整 ( 打孔调整 )....................................................................................... I-429
4.13.79 PK-512/513 对位调整 ( 打孔调整 ).............................................................................................. I-430
4.13.80 PK-512/513 纸张边缘检测传感器 ( 打孔调整 )............................................................................ I-430
4.13.81 FS-612 三折叠调整..................................................................................................................... I-431
4.13.82 FS-612 两点装订间距 ................................................................................................................. I-431
4.13.83 PI-502 封面插页器纸盒尺寸........................................................................................................ I-432
4.13.84 FS-531/612 输出数量限制 .......................................................................................................... I-433
4.13.85 Recall Standard Data( 调用标准数据 )........................................................................................ I-433
4.14 Firmware Version( 固件版本 ).............................................................................................................. I-435
4.15 CS Remote Care ................................................................................................................................. I-436
4.15.1 概述 .............................................................................................................................................. I-436
4.15.2 CS Remote Care 的设置步骤 ( 使用 E-mail 时 ) ........................................................................... I-436
4.15.3 CS Remote Care 的设置步骤 ( 使用电话线路调制解调器时 )....................................................... I-438
4.15.4 CS Remote Care 的设置步骤 ( 使用 WebDAV 服务器时 )............................................................ I-439
4.15.5 E-mail CS Remote Care 和邮件远程通知系统组合列表 ............................................................... I-441
4.15.6 Mail initial setting( 邮件初始设置 ) ................................................................................................ I-442

4.15.7 http communication setting(http 通讯设置 ) .................................................................................. I-442
4.15.8 Log forwarding function( 日志转发功能 ) ...................................................................................... I-443
4.15.9 CS Remote Care 软开关 DIPSW 的输入步骤............................................................................... I-443
4.15.10 CS Remote Care 的软开关 DIPSW 列表.................................................................................... I-443
4.15.11 Setup confirmation( 设置确认 )................................................................................................... I-451
4.15.12 Maintenance call( 维修保养呼叫 )............................................................................................... I-451
4.15.13 Center call from administrator( 管理员发起的中心呼叫 ) ............................................................ I-451
4.15.14 Confirm communication log( 确认通讯日志 ) .............................................................................. I-451
4.15.15 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care( 初始化 CS Remote Care 的 RAM) .......................... I-451
4.15.16 CS Remote Care error code list(CS Remote Care 错误代码列表 ) ............................................ I-452
4.15.17 TROUBLESHOOTING( 故障排除 )............................................................................................. I-453
4.16 List Output( 列表输出 )......................................................................................................................... I-453
4.17 Test Mode( 测试模式 )......................................................................................................................... I-455
4.17.1 Running Test Mode( 运行测试模式 ) ............................................................................................ I-455
4.17.2 Test Pattern Output Mode( 测试样张输出模式 ) ........................................................................... I-455
4.17.3 测试样张编号 11 光束检查............................................................................................................ I-456
4.17.4 测试样张编号 16 线性评估样式..................................................................................................... I-456
4.17.5 测试样张编号 25 对位标记位置检查样式 ...................................................................................... I-457
4.17.6 测试样张编号 33 线性评估样式..................................................................................................... I-457
4.17.7 测试样张编号 40 图像歪斜检查样式 ( 测试样张编号 16 的全出血打印 ) ....................................... I-458
4.17.8 测试样张编号 43 一次输出 12 张测试样张.................................................................................... I-459
4.17.9 测试样张编号 49 RU 色彩传感器 Gamma 校正 ( 输出纸张浓度调整图表 i1-iSis/i1-Pro)............... I-459
4.17.10 测试样张编号 51 色阶详估样式 ( 主扫描 )................................................................................... I-460
4.17.11 测试样张编号 52 色阶详估样式 ( 副扫描 )................................................................................... I-460
4.17.12 测试样张编号 53 整体半色调 ...................................................................................................... I-461
4.17.13 测试样张编号 54 色阶评估样式................................................................................................... I-461
4.17.14 测试样张编号 55 5% 覆盖率 ....................................................................................................... I-462
4.17.15 测试样张编号 58 条纹检查样式................................................................................................... I-462
4.17.16 测试样张编号 62 浓度不均检查样式 ........................................................................................... I-463
4.17.17 测试样张编号 69 最大浓度调整样式 ........................................................................................... I-464
4.17.18 测试样张编号 75 浓度校正样式 i1-iSis XL( 类型 1/ 类型 2) ......................................................... I-465
4.17.19 测试样张编号 76 浓度校正样式 i1-Pro( 类型 1/ 类型 2)............................................................... I-465
4.17.20 测试样张编号 77 手动浓度校正样式 ........................................................................................... I-466
4.17.21 测试样张编号 80 打印特性评估样式 ........................................................................................... I-467
4.17.22 测试样张编号 200 图表文件输出................................................................................................. I-467
4.18 设置数据 .............................................................................................................................................. I-468
4.18.1 从外部存储器加载......................................................................................................................... I-468
4.18.2 存储至外部存储器......................................................................................................................... I-469
4.19 Log Store( 日志存储 ) .......................................................................................................................... I-469
4.19.1 Log Store Setting( 日志存储设置 )................................................................................................ I-469
4.19.2 Execute Log Storing( 执行日志存储 ) ........................................................................................... I-470
4.19.3 从 Web Utilities 下载日志.............................................................................................................. I-471
4.19.4 通过 WebDAV 从控制器获取日志................................................................................................. I-471
4.20 ORU-M Setting(ORU-M 设置 )............................................................................................................. I-472
4.20.1 ORU-M Item/Life setting(ORU-M 项目 / 使用寿命设置 )............................................................... I-472
4.20.2 ORU-M Life Threshold Setting(ORU-M 使用寿命阀值设置 ) ........................................................ I-472
4.20.3 ORU-M Password Setting(ORU-M 密码设置 ).............................................................................. I-473
4.21 HDD Setting( 硬盘设置 )...................................................................................................................... I-473
4.21.1 Format HDD All Data( 格式化硬盘全部数据 ) ............................................................................... I-473
4.21.2 Format Controller HDD Data( 格式化控制器硬盘数据 )................................................................ I-474
4.21.3 Format Additional HDD Data( 格式化其它硬盘数据 ) ................................................................... I-475
4.22 Auth.Device Setting( 认证设备设置 ) ................................................................................................... I-476
4.22.1 Auth.Unit Selection( 认证单元选择 ) ............................................................................................. I-476
4.22.2 Loadable Driver Install( 可载驱动程序安装 )................................................................................. I-476
4.23 Startup Setting( 启动设置 ) .................................................................................................................. I-477
4.23.1 Package Adjustment( 批量调整 ).................................................................................................. I-477
4.23.2 Setup Setting 1( 安装设置 1) ........................................................................................................ I-477
4.23.3 Setup Setting 2( 安装设置 2) ........................................................................................................ I-477
5. IC-603 SERVICE MODE(IC-603 维修模式 ) .............................................................................. I-479
5.1 IC Service Mode List(IC 维修模式列表 )................................................................................................ I-479
5.2 启动和退出 IC 维修模式......................................................................................................................... I-479
5.2.1 启动 IC 维修模式的方法.................................................................................................................. I-479
5.2.2 退出 IC 维修模式的方法.................................................................................................................. I-479
5.3 System Setting( 系统设置 )( 碳粉供应 ) ................................................................................................. I-479
5.3.1 概述 ................................................................................................................................................ I-480
5.3.2 步骤 ................................................................................................................................................ I-480
5.4 CSV File Import/Export(CSV 文件导入 / 导出 )...................................................................................... I-480
5.4.1 概述 ................................................................................................................................................ I-480

5.4.2 步骤 ................................................................................................................................................ I-480
5.5 Font Backup( 字体备份 )........................................................................................................................ I-482
5.5.1 概述 ................................................................................................................................................ I-482
5.5.2 关于备份 / 恢复的准备工作 ............................................................................................................. I-482
5.5.3 备份方法 ......................................................................................................................................... I-482
5.5.4 恢复方法 ......................................................................................................................................... I-483
5.6 HP Tray Mapping(HP 纸盒映射 )........................................................................................................... I-483
5.6.1 概述 ................................................................................................................................................ I-483
5.6.2 步骤 ................................................................................................................................................ I-483
5.7 Controller Capture Setting( 控制器捕获设置 )........................................................................................ I-485
6. CE/ADMINISTRATOR SECURITY SETTING(CE/ 管理员安全设置 )........................................ I-487
6.1 CE/ 管理员安全设置列表 ....................................................................................................................... I-487
6.2 启动 / 退出 ............................................................................................................................................. I-487
6.3 CE Authentication(CE 认证 ) ................................................................................................................. I-487
6.4 CE Auth.Password(CE 认证密码 )......................................................................................................... I-487
6.5 Admin.Authentication( 管理员认证 ) ...................................................................................................... I-488
6.6 Administrator Password( 管理员密码 ) .................................................................................................. I-488
7. FEE COLLECTION SETTING( 收费设置 )................................................................................. I-489
7.1 收费设置列表......................................................................................................................................... I-489
7.2 启动 / 退出 ............................................................................................................................................. I-489
7.3 Fee Collection Setting( 收费设置 )......................................................................................................... I-489
7.3.1 Threshold Setting( 阈值设置 )......................................................................................................... I-489
7.3.2 Billing Counter( 账单计数器 ).......................................................................................................... I-489
7.3.3 Coefficient Setting( 系数设置 )........................................................................................................ I-490
7.4 General Setting( 一般设置 )................................................................................................................... I-490
7.5 Manage OpenAPI Auth.( 管理 OpenAPI 认证 )...................................................................................... I-491
7.5.1 Restriction Code( 限制代码 ) .......................................................................................................... I-491
7.6 Billing Coefficient Setting( 账单系数设置 )............................................................................................. I-491
8. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD( 按需印刷调整 ) ............................................................................... I-493
8.1 Expert Adjustment( 专家调整 )............................................................................................................... I-493
8.1.1 概述 ................................................................................................................................................ I-493
8.1.2 Preset( 预设 ).................................................................................................................................. I-493
8.1.3 2nd Transfer Output Adj.(Front), (Back)( 第二转印输出调整 ( 正面 ),( 背面 )) ................................ I-494
8.1.4 2nd Transfer-Lead Edge(Front), (Back)( 第二转印 - 主缘 ( 正面 ),( 背面 ))..................................... I-495
8.1.5 2nd Transfer-Rear Edge(Front), (Back)( 第二转印 - 尾缘 ( 正面 ),( 背面 ))..................................... I-495
8.1.6 Separation AC(Front), (Back)( 分离 AC( 正面 ),( 背面 ))................................................................. I-496
8.1.7 Separation DC(Front), (Back)( 分离 DC( 正面 ),( 背面 )) ................................................................ I-496
8.1.8 Upper Fusing Roller Temperature( 上部定影辊温度 )..................................................................... I-497
8.1.9 Lead Edge Erase Quantity( 主缘消除量 ) ....................................................................................... I-497
8.1.10 Temp.Gap of Fus. edge and Mid.( 定影边缘和中间的温度差 )..................................................... I-497
8.1.11 Lower Fusing Roller Temperature( 下部定影辊温度 )................................................................... I-498
8.1.12 Rear Edge Erase Quantity( 尾缘消除量 ) ..................................................................................... I-499
8.1.13 Back on Top Output Timing Adj.( 返回顶部输出时序调整 ) .......................................................... I-499
8.1.14 ADU Reverse Timing(ADU 反转时序 ).......................................................................................... I-499
8.1.15 Fusing Speed(Front Side)( 定影速度 ( 正面 )) .............................................................................. I-500
8.1.16 Fusing Speed(Back Side Offset)( 定影速度 ( 背面偏移 ))............................................................. I-501
8.1.17 Registration Loop(Front), (Back)( 对位波幅 ( 正面 ),( 背面 ))........................................................ I-503
8.1.18 提高定影初始温度......................................................................................................................... I-503
8.1.19 2nd Trans.Pressure( 第二转印加压 ) ............................................................................................ I-503
8.1.20 CPM Down( 降低 CPM)................................................................................................................ I-504
8.1.21 Toner Amount Save( 碳粉量节省 ) ............................................................................................... I-504
8.1.22 Dens. Adj. Per Tray (YMC)( 各纸盒的浓度调整 (YMC)) ............................................................... I-504
8.1.23 Dens. Adj. Per Tray (K)( 各纸盒的浓度调整 (K))........................................................................... I-504
8.1.24 Mis-centering Detect JAM( 对中不准检测卡纸 ) ........................................................................... I-505
8.1.25 Double Feed Detection( 双张进纸检测 )....................................................................................... I-505
8.1.26 Int. Transfer Separation( 中间转印分离 )...................................................................................... I-505
8.1.27 Thick BK mode( 厚纸黑白模式 ) ................................................................................................... I-505
8.1.28 Feed Correction Level( 进纸校正等级 ) ........................................................................................ I-506
8.1.29 Output Curl Adjustment( 输出卷曲调整 ) ...................................................................................... I-506
8.1.30 Output Curl (Back on Top)( 输出卷曲 ( 返回顶部 )) ...................................................................... I-507
8.1.31 Centering Adj.(Front), (Back)( 对中调整 ( 正面 ),( 背面 )) ............................................................. I-507
8.1.32 Fusing Air Separation Air Level Setting( 定影气流分离吹风级别设置 ) ........................................ I-508
8.1.33 Change Fusing Pressure( 更改定影加压 ).................................................................................... I-508
8.1.34 Hard Paper Mode( 硬纸模式 )....................................................................................................... I-509
8.1.35 PFU Suction Air Level Setting(PFU 吸风级别设置 ) ..................................................................... I-509
8.1.36 Output Paper Separation Setting( 输出纸张分离设置 )................................................................. I-509
8.1.37 Output Cooling Air Level Adj.( 输出冷风级别调整 ) ...................................................................... I-510
8.2 Image quality/improving paper feeding adjustment( 图像质量 / 改善进纸调整 ).................................... I-510

8.2.1 Transfer jitter adjustment( 转印不稳定调整 ) .................................................................................. I-510
9. AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060,AccurioPrint C2060L 机械调整 ....................................... I-513
9.1 扫描器马达皮带的调整........................................................................................................................... I-513
9.1.1 目的 ................................................................................................................................................ I-513
9.1.2 步骤 ................................................................................................................................................ I-513
9.2 纸盒 /1 和纸盒 /2 的对中调整................................................................................................................. I-513
9.3 纸盒 /1 和纸盒 /2 的分离压力调整.......................................................................................................... I-514
9.4 写入单元倾斜调整.................................................................................................................................. I-514
9.4.1 色差的整体调整流程 ....................................................................................................................... I-514
9.4.2 功能 ................................................................................................................................................ I-515
9.4.3 用途 ................................................................................................................................................ I-516
9.4.4 步骤 ................................................................................................................................................ I-516
9.5 分离消电板组件位置调整....................................................................................................................... I-517
9.6 对位单元歪斜调整.................................................................................................................................. I-519
9.7 定影单元歪斜调整.................................................................................................................................. I-523
9.8 定影出纸辊加压调整 .............................................................................................................................. I-527
9.9 倾斜调整 ................................................................................................................................................ I-527
9.9.1 用途 ................................................................................................................................................ I-527
9.9.2 步骤 ................................................................................................................................................ I-527
10. DF-706 机械调整...................................................................................................................... I-530
10.1 调整高度 .............................................................................................................................................. I-530
10.1.1 目的 .............................................................................................................................................. I-530
10.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-530
10.2 调整双路扫描输稿器的正面歪斜进纸................................................................................................... I-530
10.2.1 目的 .............................................................................................................................................. I-530
10.2.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-530
10.3 调整双路扫描输稿器的背面歪斜进纸................................................................................................... I-532
10.3.1 目的 .............................................................................................................................................. I-532
10.3.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-532
10.4 调整分离辊的压力................................................................................................................................ I-533
10.4.1 目的 .............................................................................................................................................. I-533
10.4.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-533
10.5 调整多张进纸检测................................................................................................................................ I-534
11. PF-602m 机械调整................................................................................................................... I-536
11.1 进纸拾纸量调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-536
11.2 拾纸辊高度调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-537
11.3 分离压力调整....................................................................................................................................... I-539
11.4 提升板水平调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-539
11.5 水平调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-540
12. PF-707 机械调整...................................................................................................................... I-542
12.1 进纸压力调整....................................................................................................................................... I-542
12.2 对中调整 ( 针对每个纸盒 ) ................................................................................................................... I-542
12.3 对中调整 (PF) ...................................................................................................................................... I-543
12.4 高度和倾斜调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-543
12.4.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-543
12.4.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-543
12.5 倾斜调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-547
13. LU-202m/LU-202XL 机械调整.................................................................................................. I-549
13.1 分离压力调整....................................................................................................................................... I-549
13.2 纸张提升板水平调整 ............................................................................................................................ I-549
13.3 纸张对中调整....................................................................................................................................... I-550
13.4 纸张歪斜调整....................................................................................................................................... I-551
13.5 ( 最大 ) 进纸高度调整........................................................................................................................... I-553
13.6 拾纸辊分离调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-553
13.7 重量调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-554
13.8 LU 的高度调整..................................................................................................................................... I-555
14. MB-506 机械调整..................................................................................................................... I-558
14.1 拾纸辊 /BP 负荷调整............................................................................................................................ I-558
14.1.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-558
14.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-558
14.2 进纸 ( 最大 ) 高度调整 ( 手送 ) ............................................................................................................. I-558
14.2.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-558
14.2.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-558
14.3 拾纸移位量调整 ( 手送 ) ....................................................................................................................... I-558
14.3.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-558
14.3.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-559
14.4 分离辊 /BP 分离压力调整..................................................................................................................... I-559

14.4.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-559
14.4.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-559
15. MK-740 机械调整..................................................................................................................... I-560
15.1 纸盒安装位置调整................................................................................................................................ I-560
15.1.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-560
15.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-560
16. EF-103 机械调整...................................................................................................................... I-561
16.1 定影单元歪斜调整................................................................................................................................ I-561
16.2 定影出纸辊加压调整 ............................................................................................................................ I-561
17. OT-511 机械调整 ..................................................................................................................... I-562
17.1 传输门位置调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-562
17.1.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-562
17.1.2 新类型的调整步骤......................................................................................................................... I-562
18. OT-510 机械调整 ..................................................................................................................... I-564
18.1 主纸盘水平调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-564
18.1.1 目的 .............................................................................................................................................. I-564
18.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-564
19. RU-509 机械调整 .................................................................................................................... I-565
19.1 高度调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-565
19.2 挡板电磁铁 (SD5) 的位置调整 ............................................................................................................. I-565
19.3 避免出现图像划痕................................................................................................................................ I-566
20. RU-510 机械调整 ..................................................................................................................... I-568
20.1 高度调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-568
21. FS-531 机械调整 ..................................................................................................................... I-569
21.1 调整旁路门........................................................................................................................................... I-569
21.2 调整移位位置....................................................................................................................................... I-570
21.3 调整出纸开口电磁铁 ............................................................................................................................ I-571
21.4 调整出纸臂的安装位置......................................................................................................................... I-572
21.5 调整对齐板 / 上的安装位置 .................................................................................................................. I-573
21.6 装订位置调整....................................................................................................................................... I-574
22. FS-612 机械调整 ..................................................................................................................... I-576
22.1 调整旁路门........................................................................................................................................... I-576
22.2 调整移位位置....................................................................................................................................... I-577
22.3 调整出纸开口电磁铁 ............................................................................................................................ I-578
22.4 调整出纸臂的安装位置......................................................................................................................... I-579
22.5 调整对齐板 / 上的安装位置 .................................................................................................................. I-580
22.6 调整对齐板 / 下的安装位置 .................................................................................................................. I-581
22.7 装订位置调整....................................................................................................................................... I-582
22.8 装订位置调整 ( 鞍式装订 ) ................................................................................................................... I-584
22.9 装订上 / 下位置调整............................................................................................................................. I-585
22.10 对折止动器倾斜调整 .......................................................................................................................... I-587
22.11 折叠压力调整..................................................................................................................................... I-588
22.12 三折叠位置调整 ................................................................................................................................. I-589
23. PK-512/513 机械调整 .............................................................................................................. I-590
23.1 打孔位置歪斜调整................................................................................................................................ I-590
24. PI-502 机械调整 ...................................................................................................................... I-591
24.1 PI 倾斜调整 ( 连接了 PK 时 )................................................................................................................ I-591
24.2 PK 打孔位置对中调整.......................................................................................................................... I-591
24.2.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-591
24.2.2 封面纸盒 / 上的调整步骤............................................................................................................... I-591
24.2.3 封面纸盒 / 下的调整步骤............................................................................................................... I-592
25. FS-532 机械调整...................................................................................................................... I-594
25.1 装订位置调整....................................................................................................................................... I-594
25.1.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-594
25.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-594
25.2 主纸盘水平调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-595
25.2.1 目的 .............................................................................................................................................. I-595
25.2.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-595
26. SD-510 机械调整 ..................................................................................................................... I-597
26.1 装订夹钳故障调整................................................................................................................................ I-597
26.1.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-597
26.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-597
26.2 第一折叠歪斜调整................................................................................................................................ I-597
26.2.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-597
26.2.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-597
27. PK-522 机械调整...................................................................................................................... I-599
27.1 打孔位置歪斜调整................................................................................................................................ I-599

27.1.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-599
27.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-599
27.2 打孔单元调整安装位置调整 ................................................................................................................. I-599
27.2.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-599
27.2.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-599
28. LS-506 机械调整...................................................................................................................... I-601
28.1 调整纸张加压电磁铁 /1(SD6)............................................................................................................... I-601
28.2 调整纸张加压电磁铁 /2(SD7)............................................................................................................... I-601
28.3 调整纸张加压电磁铁 /3(SD8)............................................................................................................... I-601
28.4 调整作业区分电磁铁 (SD2).................................................................................................................. I-602
28.5 水平调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-602
28.6 纸夹传输原位传感器调整..................................................................................................................... I-603
28.7 堆叠器纸盘高度调整 (LS-506) ............................................................................................................. I-605
28.7.1 目的 .............................................................................................................................................. I-605
28.7.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-605
28.8 堆叠器纸盘水平度调整 (LS-506).......................................................................................................... I-606
28.8.1 目的 .............................................................................................................................................. I-606
28.8.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-606
29. FD-503 机械调整 ..................................................................................................................... I-608
29.1 辊电磁铁 /1(SD5),/2(SD6),/3(SD7) 和 /4(SD8) 位置调整..................................................................... I-608
29.2 第二折叠辊电磁铁 (SD18) 位置调整 .................................................................................................... I-608
29.3 打孔对中调整....................................................................................................................................... I-609
29.4 水平调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-610
29.5 进纸控制齿轮位置调整 (PI 纸盒 )......................................................................................................... I-610
29.6 进纸拾纸量调整 (PI 纸盒 ).................................................................................................................... I-611
30. SD-506 机械调整 .................................................................................................................... I-612
30.1 水平调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-612
30.2 折叠歪斜调整....................................................................................................................................... I-612
30.3 第二折叠位置稳定调整......................................................................................................................... I-613
30.4 装订位置调整....................................................................................................................................... I-614
30.5 装订器位置调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-615
30.6 夹钳的倾斜 / 间隙调整 ......................................................................................................................... I-615
30.7 裁切歪斜调整....................................................................................................................................... I-617
30.8 裁切调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-618
31. SD-513 机械调整 ..................................................................................................................... I-620
31.1 前部止动器位置调整 ............................................................................................................................ I-620
31.1.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-620
31.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-620
31.2 第一折叠歪斜调整................................................................................................................................ I-620
31.2.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-620
31.2.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-620
31.3 水平调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-621
31.3.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-621
31.3.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-621
31.4 前控制台打开关闭轮脚高度调整 .......................................................................................................... I-624
31.4.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-624
31.4.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-624
31.5 装订调整 .............................................................................................................................................. I-624
31.5.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-624
31.5.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-624
31.6 夹钳位置调整....................................................................................................................................... I-635
31.6.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-635
31.6.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-635
31.7 鞍式装订对齐板 / 中位置调整............................................................................................................... I-641
31.7.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-641
31.7.2 预先检查 ....................................................................................................................................... I-641
31.7.3 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-643
31.8 裁切器歪斜调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-646
31.8.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-646
31.8.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-646
32. CR-101 机械调整 ..................................................................................................................... I-649
32.1 折缝单元歪斜调整................................................................................................................................ I-649
32.1.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-649
32.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-649
33. TU-503 机械调整...................................................................................................................... I-650
33.1 切刀单元歪斜调整................................................................................................................................ I-650
33.1.1 用途 .............................................................................................................................................. I-650

33.1.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................. I-650
34. PB-503 机械调整 ..................................................................................................................... I-651
34.1 夹钳副扫描方向对齐调整..................................................................................................................... I-651
34.2 钳位主扫描方向对齐调整..................................................................................................................... I-651
34.3 胶粒供应臂角度调整 ............................................................................................................................ I-652
34.4 涂胶辊间隙调整 ................................................................................................................................... I-653
34.5 封面纸胶水辊间隙调整......................................................................................................................... I-653
34.6 胶槽移动导轨倾斜调整......................................................................................................................... I-655
34.7 封面纸折叠板夹持调整......................................................................................................................... I-656
34.8 封面纸折叠板平行调整......................................................................................................................... I-657
34.9 封面纸台升降皮带调整......................................................................................................................... I-658
34.10 封面纸对齐板调整.............................................................................................................................. I-659
34.11 封面纸裁切歪斜调整 .......................................................................................................................... I-660
34.12 封面纸台定位..................................................................................................................................... I-661
34.13 封面纸纸盒拾纸调整 .......................................................................................................................... I-662
34.14 封面纸纸盒拾纸辊高度调整 ............................................................................................................... I-663
34.15 封面纸纸盒分离压力调整................................................................................................................... I-665
34.16 封面纸纸盒对中调整 .......................................................................................................................... I-666
34.17 封面纸纸盒提升板水平调整 ............................................................................................................... I-666
34.18 高度调整 ............................................................................................................................................ I-669
J. 重写固件................................................................................................................ J-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................... J-1
1.1 类型 ...........................................................................................................................................................J-1
1.1.1 U 盘 ISW.............................................................................................................................................J-1
1.1.2 Internet ISW........................................................................................................................................J-1
1.2 要重写的电路板和固件...............................................................................................................................J-1
1.3 固件数据流程图 .........................................................................................................................................J-2
1.4 重写固件注意事项......................................................................................................................................J-2
1.4.1 ISW 执行步骤 .....................................................................................................................................J-2
1.4.2 电路板上的 DIPSW.............................................................................................................................J-2
1.4.3 重写固件时连接短接头........................................................................................................................J-3
1.5 错误列表 ....................................................................................................................................................J-3
1.5.1 主机错误列表......................................................................................................................................J-3
1.5.2 主机故障排除步骤...............................................................................................................................J-3
1.5.3 出现固件异常时的操作........................................................................................................................J-4
2. ISWTRNS_G ................................................................................................................................ J-5
2.1 规格 ...........................................................................................................................................................J-5
2.1.1 ISWTrns_G(PC 软件 ) ........................................................................................................................J-5
2.2 安装 ISWTrns_G........................................................................................................................................J-5
2.3 使用 ISWTrns_G........................................................................................................................................J-6
2.3.1 检查固件校验和 ..................................................................................................................................J-6
2.4 错误列表 ....................................................................................................................................................J-7
3. U 盘 ISW ....................................................................................................................................... J-9
3.1 使用 U 盘 ISW............................................................................................................................................J-9
3.1.1 步骤 ....................................................................................................................................................J-9
3.1.2 主机错误列表....................................................................................................................................J-11
3.2 ADF 和扫描器的 ISW 执行步骤 ...............................................................................................................J-11
3.2.1 准备工作 ...........................................................................................................................................J-11
3.2.2 移动至 ISW 重写屏幕的步骤.............................................................................................................J-11
3.2.3 固件重写步骤....................................................................................................................................J-12
3.2.4 主机错误列表....................................................................................................................................J-13
3.3 GP-502 的 ISW 步骤................................................................................................................................J-13
3.3.1 准备工作 ...........................................................................................................................................J-13
3.3.2 M1 重写步骤 .....................................................................................................................................J-14
3.3.3 M2 重写步骤 .....................................................................................................................................J-15
3.3.4 M3 重写步骤 .....................................................................................................................................J-18
4. INTERNET ISW .......................................................................................................................... J-21
4.1 概述 .........................................................................................................................................................J-21
4.2 操作环境 ..................................................................................................................................................J-21
4.3 使用注意事项...........................................................................................................................................J-21
4.3.1 通知管理员........................................................................................................................................J-21
4.3.2 写入期间断电....................................................................................................................................J-21
4.4 初始设置 ..................................................................................................................................................J-21
4.5 使用 Web Utilities 执行 Internet ISW .......................................................................................................J-24
4.5.1 步骤 ..................................................................................................................................................J-24
4.6 使用操作面板执行 Internet ISW...............................................................................................................J-25

4.6.1 步骤 ..................................................................................................................................................J-25
4.6.2 主机错误列表....................................................................................................................................J-27
4.7 执行 Internet ISW 期间认证代理服务器 ...................................................................................................J-27
K. 故障排除...............................................................................................................K-1
1. 卡纸指示 .......................................................................................................................................K-1
1.1 卡纸代码列表............................................................................................................................................ K-1
2. 功能异常代码 ..............................................................................................................................K-33
2.1 故障重置方法.......................................................................................................................................... K-33
2.2 隔离故障部位的功能 ...............................................................................................................................K-33
2.3 功能异常代码列表................................................................................................................................... K-33
2.4 因连接头断开造成的功能异常代码........................................................................................................ K-124
2.4.1 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060/Print C2060L ...................................................................... K-124
2.4.2 PF-707........................................................................................................................................... K-128
2.4.3 LU-202XL ...................................................................................................................................... K-130
2.5 解决方案 1(C-0001_0300) .................................................................................................................... K-130
2.5.1 C-0001........................................................................................................................................... K-130
2.5.2 C-0002........................................................................................................................................... K-131
2.5.3 C-0101........................................................................................................................................... K-131
2.5.4 C-0102........................................................................................................................................... K-132
2.5.5 C-0103........................................................................................................................................... K-132
2.5.6 C-0104........................................................................................................................................... K-133
2.5.7 C-0113........................................................................................................................................... K-133
2.5.8 C-0114........................................................................................................................................... K-134
2.5.9 C-0115........................................................................................................................................... K-134
2.5.10 C-0116......................................................................................................................................... K-135
2.5.11 C-0117......................................................................................................................................... K-135
2.5.12 C-0130......................................................................................................................................... K-136
2.5.13 C-0201......................................................................................................................................... K-136
2.5.14 C-0202......................................................................................................................................... K-137
2.5.15 C-0204......................................................................................................................................... K-137
2.5.16 C-0205......................................................................................................................................... K-138
2.5.17 C-0208......................................................................................................................................... K-138
2.5.18 C-0209......................................................................................................................................... K-139
2.5.19 C-0211......................................................................................................................................... K-139
2.5.20 C-0212......................................................................................................................................... K-140
2.5.21 C-0213......................................................................................................................................... K-140
2.5.22 C-0215......................................................................................................................................... K-141
2.5.23 C-0230......................................................................................................................................... K-141
2.5.24 C-0231......................................................................................................................................... K-142
2.5.25 C-0232......................................................................................................................................... K-142
2.5.26 C-0233......................................................................................................................................... K-143
2.5.27 C-0234......................................................................................................................................... K-143
2.5.28 C-0235......................................................................................................................................... K-144
2.5.29 C-0236......................................................................................................................................... K-144
2.5.30 C-0237......................................................................................................................................... K-145
2.6 解决方案 2(C-0301_0400) .................................................................................................................... K-146
2.6.1 C-0301* ......................................................................................................................................... K-146
2.6.2 C-0302* ......................................................................................................................................... K-146
2.6.3 C-0303........................................................................................................................................... K-146
2.6.4 C-0304* ......................................................................................................................................... K-147
2.6.5 C-0306........................................................................................................................................... K-147
2.6.6 C-0307........................................................................................................................................... K-148
2.6.7 C-0308........................................................................................................................................... K-148
2.6.8 C-0309........................................................................................................................................... K-149
2.6.9 C-0310........................................................................................................................................... K-149
2.6.10 C-0311......................................................................................................................................... K-149
2.6.11 C-0312......................................................................................................................................... K-150
2.6.12 C-0313......................................................................................................................................... K-150
2.6.13 C-0314......................................................................................................................................... K-151
2.6.14 C-0315......................................................................................................................................... K-151
2.6.15 C-0316......................................................................................................................................... K-151
2.6.16 C-0317......................................................................................................................................... K-152
2.6.17 C-0318......................................................................................................................................... K-152
2.6.18 C-0320......................................................................................................................................... K-153
2.6.19 C-0321......................................................................................................................................... K-153
2.6.20 C-0322......................................................................................................................................... K-153

2.6.21 C-0323* ....................................................................................................................................... K-154
2.6.22 C-0324* ....................................................................................................................................... K-154
2.6.23 C-0325......................................................................................................................................... K-155
2.6.24 C-0326......................................................................................................................................... K-155
2.6.25 C-0327......................................................................................................................................... K-156
2.6.26 C-0328......................................................................................................................................... K-156
2.6.27 C-0329......................................................................................................................................... K-156
2.6.28 C-0330......................................................................................................................................... K-157
2.6.29 C-0331......................................................................................................................................... K-157
2.6.30 C-0332......................................................................................................................................... K-158
2.6.31 C-0333......................................................................................................................................... K-158
2.6.32 C-0334......................................................................................................................................... K-158
2.6.33 C-0335......................................................................................................................................... K-159
2.6.34 C-0336......................................................................................................................................... K-159
2.6.35 C-0337......................................................................................................................................... K-160
2.6.36 C-0338......................................................................................................................................... K-160
2.6.37 C-0339......................................................................................................................................... K-161
2.6.38 C-0340......................................................................................................................................... K-161
2.6.39 C-0373* ....................................................................................................................................... K-161
2.6.40 C-0374* ....................................................................................................................................... K-162
2.6.41 C-0375* ....................................................................................................................................... K-162
2.6.42 C-0376* ....................................................................................................................................... K-163
2.7 解决方案 3(C-0401_0500) .................................................................................................................... K-163
2.7.1 C-0401........................................................................................................................................... K-163
2.7.2 C-0402........................................................................................................................................... K-164
2.7.3 C-0403........................................................................................................................................... K-164
2.7.4 C-0404........................................................................................................................................... K-165
2.7.5 C-0405........................................................................................................................................... K-165
2.7.6 C-0406........................................................................................................................................... K-166
2.7.7 C-0407........................................................................................................................................... K-166
2.7.8 C-0408........................................................................................................................................... K-166
2.7.9 C-0409........................................................................................................................................... K-167
2.7.10 C-0410......................................................................................................................................... K-168
2.7.11 C-0411......................................................................................................................................... K-168
2.7.12 C-0412......................................................................................................................................... K-169
2.7.13 C-0413......................................................................................................................................... K-169
2.7.14 C-0414......................................................................................................................................... K-170
2.7.15 C-0415......................................................................................................................................... K-170
2.7.16 C-0416......................................................................................................................................... K-171
2.7.17 C-0417......................................................................................................................................... K-171
2.7.18 C-0418......................................................................................................................................... K-172
2.7.19 C-0419......................................................................................................................................... K-173
2.7.20 C-0420......................................................................................................................................... K-173
2.7.21 C-0421......................................................................................................................................... K-173
2.8 解决方案 4(C-1001_1126) .................................................................................................................... K-174
2.8.1 C-1005........................................................................................................................................... K-174
2.8.2 C-1006........................................................................................................................................... K-174
2.8.3 C-1007........................................................................................................................................... K-175
2.8.4 C-1007........................................................................................................................................... K-175
2.8.5 C-1009........................................................................................................................................... K-176
2.8.6 C-1010........................................................................................................................................... K-176
2.8.7 C-1011........................................................................................................................................... K-177
2.8.8 C-1012........................................................................................................................................... K-177
2.8.9 C-1013........................................................................................................................................... K-177
2.8.10 C-1014......................................................................................................................................... K-178
2.8.11 C-1101 (FS-531/612)................................................................................................................... K-178
2.8.12 C-1102 (FS-531/612)................................................................................................................... K-179
2.8.13 C-1102 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-179
2.8.14 C-1102 (OT-510) ......................................................................................................................... K-180
2.8.15 C-1103 (FS-531/612)................................................................................................................... K-180
2.8.16 C-1103 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-181
2.8.17 C-1104 (FS-531/612)................................................................................................................... K-181
2.8.18 C-1105 (FS-531/612)................................................................................................................... K-182
2.8.19 C-1105 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-182
2.8.20 C-1105 (OT-510) ......................................................................................................................... K-183
2.8.21 C-1106 (FS-531/612)................................................................................................................... K-184
2.8.22 C-1106 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-184
2.8.23 C-1107 (FS-612).......................................................................................................................... K-185

2.8.24 C-1108 (FS-612).......................................................................................................................... K-185
2.8.25 C-1109 (FS-531/612)................................................................................................................... K-186
2.8.26 C-1109 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-186
2.8.27 C-1110 (FS-531/612)................................................................................................................... K-186
2.8.28 C-1111 (FS-612).......................................................................................................................... K-187
2.8.29 C-1112 (FS-612).......................................................................................................................... K-187
2.8.30 C-1113 (FS-612).......................................................................................................................... K-188
2.8.31 C-1113 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-188
2.8.32 C-1114 (FS-612).......................................................................................................................... K-189
2.8.33 C-1114 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-189
2.8.34 C-1115 (FS-612).......................................................................................................................... K-190
2.8.35 C-1115......................................................................................................................................... K-190
2.8.36 C-1116 (FS-612).......................................................................................................................... K-191
2.8.37 C-1124......................................................................................................................................... K-191
2.8.38 C-1125......................................................................................................................................... K-192
2.8.39 C-1126......................................................................................................................................... K-192
2.9 解决方案 5(C-1127_1230) .................................................................................................................... K-193
2.9.1 C-1127 (PK-512/513) .................................................................................................................... K-193
2.9.2 C-1127 (PK-522) ........................................................................................................................... K-194
2.9.3 C-1132 (PK-512/513) .................................................................................................................... K-194
2.9.4 C-1132 (PK-522) ........................................................................................................................... K-195
2.9.5 C-1137 (FS-531/612)..................................................................................................................... K-195
2.9.6 C-1137 (FS-532)............................................................................................................................ K-196
2.9.7 C-1141 (FS-532)............................................................................................................................ K-196
2.9.8 C-1144 (FS-532)............................................................................................................................ K-197
2.9.9 C-1144 (OT-510) ........................................................................................................................... K-197
2.9.10 C-1147 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-198
2.9.11 C-1147 (OT-510) ......................................................................................................................... K-198
2.9.12 C-1153 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-199
2.9.13 C-1153 (OT-510) ......................................................................................................................... K-199
2.9.14 C-1154 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-200
2.9.15 C-1154 (OT-510) ......................................................................................................................... K-200
2.9.16 C-1155 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-201
2.9.17 C-1155 (OT-510) ......................................................................................................................... K-201
2.9.18 C-1156 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-202
2.9.19 C-1157 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-202
2.9.20 C-1158 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-203
2.9.21 C-1159 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-203
2.9.22 C-1170 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-204
2.9.23 C-1170 (OT-510) ......................................................................................................................... K-204
2.9.24 C-1171 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-205
2.9.25 C-1172 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-205
2.9.26 C-1173......................................................................................................................................... K-206
2.9.27 C-1174......................................................................................................................................... K-206
2.9.28 C-1175......................................................................................................................................... K-207
2.9.29 C-1176......................................................................................................................................... K-207
2.9.30 C-1177......................................................................................................................................... K-208
2.9.31 C-1179 (FS-532).......................................................................................................................... K-208
2.9.32 C-1179 (OT-510) ......................................................................................................................... K-209
2.9.33 C-1180......................................................................................................................................... K-209
2.9.34 C-1181......................................................................................................................................... K-210
2.9.35 C-1201......................................................................................................................................... K-210
2.9.36 C-1202......................................................................................................................................... K-211
2.9.37 C-1203......................................................................................................................................... K-211
2.9.38 C-1204......................................................................................................................................... K-212
2.9.39 C-1205......................................................................................................................................... K-212
2.9.40 C-1206......................................................................................................................................... K-213
2.9.41 C-1211......................................................................................................................................... K-213
2.9.42 C-1212......................................................................................................................................... K-214
2.9.43 C-1213......................................................................................................................................... K-214
2.9.44 C-1214......................................................................................................................................... K-215
2.9.45 C-1215......................................................................................................................................... K-215
2.9.46 C-1216......................................................................................................................................... K-216
2.9.47 C-1221......................................................................................................................................... K-216
2.9.48 C-1222......................................................................................................................................... K-217
2.9.49 C-1223......................................................................................................................................... K-217
2.9.50 C-1224......................................................................................................................................... K-218
2.9.51 C-1225......................................................................................................................................... K-218

2.9.52 C-1226......................................................................................................................................... K-219
2.9.53 C-1227......................................................................................................................................... K-219
2.9.54 C-1228......................................................................................................................................... K-220
2.9.55 C-1229......................................................................................................................................... K-220
2.9.56 C-1230......................................................................................................................................... K-221
2.10 解决方案 6(C-1231_1270) ................................................................................................................. K-222
2.10.1 C-1231......................................................................................................................................... K-222
2.10.2 C-1232......................................................................................................................................... K-222
2.10.3 C-1233......................................................................................................................................... K-223
2.10.4 C-1234......................................................................................................................................... K-223
2.10.5 C-1235......................................................................................................................................... K-223
2.10.6 C-1241......................................................................................................................................... K-224
2.10.7 C-1242......................................................................................................................................... K-224
2.10.8 C-1242......................................................................................................................................... K-225
2.10.9 C-1243......................................................................................................................................... K-226
2.10.10 C-1243....................................................................................................................................... K-226
2.10.11 C-1244....................................................................................................................................... K-227
2.10.12 C-1244....................................................................................................................................... K-228
2.10.13 C-1245....................................................................................................................................... K-228
2.10.14 C-1245....................................................................................................................................... K-229
2.10.15 C-1246....................................................................................................................................... K-229
2.10.16 C-1246....................................................................................................................................... K-230
2.10.17 C-1247....................................................................................................................................... K-231
2.10.18 C-1247....................................................................................................................................... K-231
2.10.19 C-1248....................................................................................................................................... K-232
2.10.20 C-1248....................................................................................................................................... K-232
2.10.21 C-1249....................................................................................................................................... K-233
2.10.22 C-1249....................................................................................................................................... K-234
2.10.23 C-1250....................................................................................................................................... K-234
2.10.24 C-1250....................................................................................................................................... K-235
2.10.25 C-1251....................................................................................................................................... K-235
2.10.26 C-1251....................................................................................................................................... K-236
2.10.27 C-1252....................................................................................................................................... K-237
2.10.28 C-1252....................................................................................................................................... K-237
2.10.29 C-1253....................................................................................................................................... K-238
2.10.30 C-1253....................................................................................................................................... K-239
2.10.31 C-1254....................................................................................................................................... K-239
2.10.32 C-1254....................................................................................................................................... K-240
2.10.33 C-1255....................................................................................................................................... K-240
2.10.34 C-1256....................................................................................................................................... K-241
2.10.35 C-1256....................................................................................................................................... K-242
2.10.36 C-1257....................................................................................................................................... K-242
2.10.37 C-1258....................................................................................................................................... K-243
2.10.38 C-1258....................................................................................................................................... K-243
2.10.39 C-1259....................................................................................................................................... K-244
2.10.40 C-1259....................................................................................................................................... K-245
2.10.41 C-1260....................................................................................................................................... K-245
2.10.42 C-1260....................................................................................................................................... K-246
2.10.43 C-1261....................................................................................................................................... K-246
2.10.44 C-1261....................................................................................................................................... K-247
2.10.45 C-1262....................................................................................................................................... K-247
2.10.46 C-1262....................................................................................................................................... K-248
2.10.47 C-1263....................................................................................................................................... K-248
2.10.48 C-1263....................................................................................................................................... K-249
2.10.49 C-1264....................................................................................................................................... K-250
2.10.50 C-1264....................................................................................................................................... K-250
2.10.51 C-1265....................................................................................................................................... K-251
2.10.52 C-1265....................................................................................................................................... K-252
2.10.53 C-1266....................................................................................................................................... K-252
2.10.54 C-1266....................................................................................................................................... K-253
2.10.55 C-1267....................................................................................................................................... K-253
2.10.56 C-1267....................................................................................................................................... K-254
2.10.57 C-1268....................................................................................................................................... K-254
2.10.58 C-1268....................................................................................................................................... K-255
2.10.59 C-1269....................................................................................................................................... K-256
2.10.60 C-1269....................................................................................................................................... K-256
2.10.61 C-1270....................................................................................................................................... K-257
2.10.62 C-1270....................................................................................................................................... K-257

2.11 解决方案 7(C-1271_1400) ................................................................................................................. K-258
2.11.1 C-1271......................................................................................................................................... K-258
2.11.2 C-1271......................................................................................................................................... K-258
2.11.3 C-1272......................................................................................................................................... K-259
2.11.4 C-1272......................................................................................................................................... K-259
2.11.5 C-1273......................................................................................................................................... K-260
2.11.6 C-1273......................................................................................................................................... K-260
2.11.7 C-1274......................................................................................................................................... K-261
2.11.8 C-1275......................................................................................................................................... K-262
2.11.9 C-1275......................................................................................................................................... K-262
2.11.10 C-1276....................................................................................................................................... K-263
2.11.11 C-1277....................................................................................................................................... K-263
2.11.12 C-1278....................................................................................................................................... K-264
2.11.13 C-1279....................................................................................................................................... K-264
2.11.14 C-1280....................................................................................................................................... K-265
2.11.15 C-1281....................................................................................................................................... K-266
2.11.16 C-1282....................................................................................................................................... K-266
2.11.17 C-1290....................................................................................................................................... K-267
2.11.18 C-1291....................................................................................................................................... K-267
2.11.19 C-1292....................................................................................................................................... K-268
2.11.20 C-1293....................................................................................................................................... K-268
2.11.21 C-1294....................................................................................................................................... K-269
2.11.22 C-1295....................................................................................................................................... K-269
2.11.23 C-1296....................................................................................................................................... K-270
2.11.24 C-1297....................................................................................................................................... K-270
2.11.25 C-1298....................................................................................................................................... K-271
2.11.26 C-1299....................................................................................................................................... K-271
2.11.27 C-1302....................................................................................................................................... K-272
2.11.28 C-1303....................................................................................................................................... K-272
2.11.29 C-1304....................................................................................................................................... K-273
2.11.30 C-1305....................................................................................................................................... K-273
2.11.31 C-1307....................................................................................................................................... K-273
2.11.32 C-1308....................................................................................................................................... K-274
2.11.33 C-1309....................................................................................................................................... K-274
2.11.34 C-1310....................................................................................................................................... K-275
2.11.35 C-1311....................................................................................................................................... K-275
2.11.36 C-1312....................................................................................................................................... K-276
2.11.37 C-1313....................................................................................................................................... K-276
2.11.38 C-1330....................................................................................................................................... K-277
2.11.39 C-1331....................................................................................................................................... K-277
2.11.40 C-1332....................................................................................................................................... K-278
2.11.41 C-1333....................................................................................................................................... K-278
2.11.42 C-1334....................................................................................................................................... K-279
2.11.43 C-1341....................................................................................................................................... K-279
2.11.44 C-1342....................................................................................................................................... K-280
2.11.45 C-1351....................................................................................................................................... K-280
2.11.46 C-1352....................................................................................................................................... K-280
2.11.47 C-1353....................................................................................................................................... K-281
2.11.48 C-1354....................................................................................................................................... K-281
2.11.49 C-1355....................................................................................................................................... K-282
2.11.50 C-1356....................................................................................................................................... K-282
2.11.51 C-1357....................................................................................................................................... K-283
2.11.52 C-1358....................................................................................................................................... K-283
2.11.53 C-1359....................................................................................................................................... K-284
2.11.54 C-1360....................................................................................................................................... K-284
2.11.55 C-1361....................................................................................................................................... K-285
2.11.56 C-1364....................................................................................................................................... K-285
2.12 解决方案 8(C-1401_1500) .................................................................................................................. K-286
2.12.1 C-1402......................................................................................................................................... K-286
2.12.2 C-1403......................................................................................................................................... K-286
2.12.3 C-1404......................................................................................................................................... K-287
2.12.4 C-1404......................................................................................................................................... K-287
2.12.5 C-1406......................................................................................................................................... K-287
2.12.6 C-1407......................................................................................................................................... K-288
2.12.7 C-1408......................................................................................................................................... K-288
2.12.8 C-1411......................................................................................................................................... K-289
2.12.9 C-1412......................................................................................................................................... K-289
2.12.10 C-1413....................................................................................................................................... K-289

2.12.11 C-1431....................................................................................................................................... K-290
2.12.12 C-1432....................................................................................................................................... K-290
2.12.13 C-1433....................................................................................................................................... K-291
2.12.14 C-1433....................................................................................................................................... K-291
2.12.15 C-1435....................................................................................................................................... K-292
2.12.16 C-1436....................................................................................................................................... K-292
2.12.17 C-1437....................................................................................................................................... K-292
2.12.18 C-1438....................................................................................................................................... K-293
2.12.19 C-1439....................................................................................................................................... K-293
2.12.20 C-1440....................................................................................................................................... K-294
2.12.21 C-1441....................................................................................................................................... K-294
2.12.22 C-1442....................................................................................................................................... K-295
2.12.23 C-1451....................................................................................................................................... K-295
2.12.24 C-1452....................................................................................................................................... K-295
2.12.25 C-1454....................................................................................................................................... K-296
2.12.26 C-1455....................................................................................................................................... K-296
2.12.27 C-1456....................................................................................................................................... K-297
2.12.28 C-1499....................................................................................................................................... K-297
2.13 解决方案 9(C-1501_1539) ................................................................................................................. K-298
2.13.1 C-1501......................................................................................................................................... K-298
2.13.2 C-1502......................................................................................................................................... K-298
2.13.3 C-1504......................................................................................................................................... K-299
2.13.4 C-1505......................................................................................................................................... K-299
2.13.5 C-1506......................................................................................................................................... K-300
2.13.6 C-1507......................................................................................................................................... K-300
2.13.7 C-1508......................................................................................................................................... K-301
2.13.8 C-1509......................................................................................................................................... K-301
2.13.9 C-1510......................................................................................................................................... K-302
2.13.10 C-1511....................................................................................................................................... K-302
2.13.11 C-1512....................................................................................................................................... K-303
2.13.12 C-1513....................................................................................................................................... K-303
2.13.13 C-1514....................................................................................................................................... K-304
2.13.14 C-1515....................................................................................................................................... K-304
2.13.15 C-1516....................................................................................................................................... K-305
2.13.16 C-1517....................................................................................................................................... K-305
2.13.17 C-1518....................................................................................................................................... K-306
2.13.18 C-1519....................................................................................................................................... K-306
2.13.19 C-1520....................................................................................................................................... K-307
2.13.20 C-1521....................................................................................................................................... K-308
2.13.21 C-1522....................................................................................................................................... K-308
2.13.22 C-1523....................................................................................................................................... K-309
2.13.23 C-1524....................................................................................................................................... K-309
2.13.24 C-1525....................................................................................................................................... K-310
2.13.25 C-1526....................................................................................................................................... K-310
2.13.26 C-1527....................................................................................................................................... K-311
2.13.27 C-1528....................................................................................................................................... K-311
2.13.28 C-1530....................................................................................................................................... K-312
2.13.29 C-1531....................................................................................................................................... K-312
2.13.30 C-1532....................................................................................................................................... K-313
2.13.31 C-1534....................................................................................................................................... K-314
2.13.32 C-1537....................................................................................................................................... K-314
2.13.33 C-1538....................................................................................................................................... K-315
2.14 解决方案 10(C-1540_1633) ................................................................................................................K-315
2.14.1 C-1540......................................................................................................................................... K-315
2.14.2 C-1541......................................................................................................................................... K-316
2.14.3 C-1542......................................................................................................................................... K-316
2.14.4 C-1543......................................................................................................................................... K-317
2.14.5 C-1544......................................................................................................................................... K-317
2.14.6 C-1545......................................................................................................................................... K-318
2.14.7 C-1546......................................................................................................................................... K-319
2.14.8 C-1547......................................................................................................................................... K-319
2.14.9 C-1548......................................................................................................................................... K-320
2.14.10 C-1549....................................................................................................................................... K-320
2.14.11 C-1550....................................................................................................................................... K-321
2.14.12 C-1551....................................................................................................................................... K-321
2.14.13 C-1552....................................................................................................................................... K-322
2.14.14 C-1553....................................................................................................................................... K-323
2.14.15 C-1554....................................................................................................................................... K-323

2.14.16 C-1555....................................................................................................................................... K-324
2.14.17 C-1556....................................................................................................................................... K-324
2.14.18 C-1557....................................................................................................................................... K-325
2.14.19 C-1558....................................................................................................................................... K-325
2.14.20 C-1559....................................................................................................................................... K-326
2.14.21 C-1560....................................................................................................................................... K-327
2.14.22 C-1561....................................................................................................................................... K-327
2.14.23 C-1562....................................................................................................................................... K-328
2.14.24 C-1565....................................................................................................................................... K-328
2.14.25 C-1566....................................................................................................................................... K-329
2.14.26 C-1567....................................................................................................................................... K-329
2.14.27 C-1620....................................................................................................................................... K-330
2.14.28 C-1621....................................................................................................................................... K-330
2.14.29 C-1622....................................................................................................................................... K-331
2.14.30 C-1623....................................................................................................................................... K-331
2.14.31 C-1625....................................................................................................................................... K-332
2.14.32 C-1626....................................................................................................................................... K-332
2.14.33 C-1627....................................................................................................................................... K-333
2.14.34 C-1628....................................................................................................................................... K-334
2.14.35 C-1629....................................................................................................................................... K-334
2.14.36 C-1630....................................................................................................................................... K-335
2.14.37 C-1632....................................................................................................................................... K-335
2.14.38 C-1633....................................................................................................................................... K-336
2.15 解决方案 11(C-2001_2400) ................................................................................................................K-336
2.15.1 C-2001......................................................................................................................................... K-336
2.15.2 C-2004......................................................................................................................................... K-337
2.15.3 C-2201......................................................................................................................................... K-337
2.15.4 C-2202......................................................................................................................................... K-338
2.15.5 C-2203......................................................................................................................................... K-338
2.15.6 C-2204......................................................................................................................................... K-339
2.15.7 C-2211......................................................................................................................................... K-339
2.15.8 C-2212......................................................................................................................................... K-340
2.15.9 C-2213......................................................................................................................................... K-340
2.15.10 C-2214....................................................................................................................................... K-341
2.15.11 C-2220....................................................................................................................................... K-341
2.15.12 C-2221....................................................................................................................................... K-342
2.15.13 C-2222....................................................................................................................................... K-342
2.15.14 C-2223....................................................................................................................................... K-343
2.15.15 C-2224....................................................................................................................................... K-343
2.15.16 C-2225....................................................................................................................................... K-344
2.15.17 C-2302* ..................................................................................................................................... K-344
2.15.18 C-2303* ..................................................................................................................................... K-345
2.15.19 C-2304* ..................................................................................................................................... K-345
2.15.20 C-2305* ..................................................................................................................................... K-346
2.15.21 C-2306* ..................................................................................................................................... K-346
2.15.22 C-2307* ..................................................................................................................................... K-346
2.16 解决方案 12(C-2401_2500) ................................................................................................................K-347
2.16.1 C-2401......................................................................................................................................... K-347
2.16.2 C-2402......................................................................................................................................... K-347
2.16.3 C-2403......................................................................................................................................... K-348
2.16.4 C-2404......................................................................................................................................... K-348
2.16.5 C-2431......................................................................................................................................... K-349
2.16.6 C-2432......................................................................................................................................... K-349
2.16.7 C-2433......................................................................................................................................... K-350
2.16.8 C-2434......................................................................................................................................... K-350
2.16.9 C-2441......................................................................................................................................... K-351
2.16.10 C-2442....................................................................................................................................... K-351
2.16.11 C-2443....................................................................................................................................... K-352
2.16.12 C-2444....................................................................................................................................... K-352
2.16.13 C-2451....................................................................................................................................... K-353
2.16.14 C-2452....................................................................................................................................... K-353
2.16.15 C-2453....................................................................................................................................... K-354
2.16.16 C-2454....................................................................................................................................... K-354
2.16.17 C-2455....................................................................................................................................... K-355
2.16.18 C-2456....................................................................................................................................... K-355
2.16.19 C-2457....................................................................................................................................... K-356
2.16.20 C-2458....................................................................................................................................... K-356
2.16.21 C-2470....................................................................................................................................... K-357

2.17 解决方案 13(C-2701_2800) ................................................................................................................K-357
2.17.1 C-2701......................................................................................................................................... K-357
2.17.2 C-2702......................................................................................................................................... K-358
2.17.3 C-2703......................................................................................................................................... K-358
2.17.4 C-2704......................................................................................................................................... K-359
2.17.5 C-2711......................................................................................................................................... K-359
2.17.6 C-2712......................................................................................................................................... K-360
2.17.7 C-2713......................................................................................................................................... K-360
2.17.8 C-2714......................................................................................................................................... K-360
2.17.9 C-2720......................................................................................................................................... K-361
2.17.10 C-2721....................................................................................................................................... K-361
2.18 解决方案 14(C-2801_3000) ................................................................................................................K-362
2.18.1 C-2801......................................................................................................................................... K-362
2.18.2 C-2802......................................................................................................................................... K-362
2.18.3 C-2803......................................................................................................................................... K-363
2.18.4 C-2804......................................................................................................................................... K-364
2.18.5 C-2811......................................................................................................................................... K-364
2.18.6 C-2812......................................................................................................................................... K-365
2.18.7 C-2813......................................................................................................................................... K-365
2.18.8 C-2814......................................................................................................................................... K-366
2.18.9 C-2821......................................................................................................................................... K-366
2.18.10 C-2822....................................................................................................................................... K-367
2.18.11 C-2823....................................................................................................................................... K-367
2.18.12 C-2824....................................................................................................................................... K-368
2.18.13 C-2831....................................................................................................................................... K-368
2.18.14 C-2832....................................................................................................................................... K-369
2.18.15 C-2833....................................................................................................................................... K-370
2.18.16 C-2834....................................................................................................................................... K-370
2.18.17 C-2840....................................................................................................................................... K-371
2.18.18 C-2841....................................................................................................................................... K-371
2.19 解决方案 15(C-3001_3500) ................................................................................................................K-372
2.19.1 C-3001......................................................................................................................................... K-372
2.19.2 C-3101......................................................................................................................................... K-372
2.19.3 C-3102......................................................................................................................................... K-373
2.19.4 C-3103......................................................................................................................................... K-373
2.19.5 C-3104......................................................................................................................................... K-374
2.19.6 C-3105......................................................................................................................................... K-374
2.19.7 C-3301* ....................................................................................................................................... K-375
2.19.8 C-3302* ....................................................................................................................................... K-375
2.19.9 C-3303......................................................................................................................................... K-376
2.19.10 C-3304* ..................................................................................................................................... K-376
2.19.11 C-3305* ..................................................................................................................................... K-377
2.19.12 C-3307* ..................................................................................................................................... K-377
2.19.13 C-3308* ..................................................................................................................................... K-378
2.19.14 C-3401....................................................................................................................................... K-378
2.20 解决方案 16(C-3501_4000) ................................................................................................................K-378
2.20.1 C-3501 * ...................................................................................................................................... K-378
2.20.2 C-3502 * ...................................................................................................................................... K-379
2.20.3 C-3503 * ...................................................................................................................................... K-380
2.20.4 C-3504 * ...................................................................................................................................... K-380
2.20.5 C-3505* ....................................................................................................................................... K-381
2.20.6 C-3506* ....................................................................................................................................... K-381
2.20.7 C-3508* ....................................................................................................................................... K-382
2.20.8 C-3509* ....................................................................................................................................... K-382
2.20.9 C-3510* ....................................................................................................................................... K-383
2.20.10 C-3511* ..................................................................................................................................... K-384
2.20.11 C-3512* ..................................................................................................................................... K-385
2.20.12 C-3513* ..................................................................................................................................... K-385
2.20.13 C-3515* ..................................................................................................................................... K-386
2.20.14 C-3517* ..................................................................................................................................... K-387
2.20.15 C-3518* ..................................................................................................................................... K-387
2.20.16 C-3519* ..................................................................................................................................... K-388
2.20.17 C-3801* ..................................................................................................................................... K-389
2.20.18 C-3802* ..................................................................................................................................... K-389
2.20.19 C-3803* ..................................................................................................................................... K-390
2.20.20 C-3807* ..................................................................................................................................... K-391
2.20.21 C-3901* ..................................................................................................................................... K-391
2.20.22 C-3902* ..................................................................................................................................... K-392

2.20.23 C-3903* ..................................................................................................................................... K-392
2.20.24 C-3904* ..................................................................................................................................... K-393
2.20.25 C-3905* ..................................................................................................................................... K-394
2.20.26 C-3906* ..................................................................................................................................... K-394
2.20.27 C-3907* ..................................................................................................................................... K-395
2.20.28 C-3908* ..................................................................................................................................... K-395
2.20.29 C-3909* ..................................................................................................................................... K-396
2.20.30 C-3910* ..................................................................................................................................... K-397
2.20.31 C-3911* ..................................................................................................................................... K-397
2.20.32 C-3912* ..................................................................................................................................... K-398
2.20.33 C-3913* ..................................................................................................................................... K-399
2.20.34 C-3917* ..................................................................................................................................... K-399
2.21 解决方案 17(C-4001_5000) ................................................................................................................K-400
2.21.1 C-4101......................................................................................................................................... K-400
2.21.2 C-4102......................................................................................................................................... K-400
2.21.3 C-4103......................................................................................................................................... K-401
2.21.4 C-4104......................................................................................................................................... K-401
2.21.5 C-4501......................................................................................................................................... K-402
2.21.6 C-4502......................................................................................................................................... K-402
2.21.7 C-4503......................................................................................................................................... K-403
2.21.8 C-4504......................................................................................................................................... K-403
2.21.9 C-4505......................................................................................................................................... K-404
2.21.10 C-4506....................................................................................................................................... K-404
2.21.11 C-4507....................................................................................................................................... K-405
2.21.12 C-4508....................................................................................................................................... K-406
2.21.13 C-4511....................................................................................................................................... K-406
2.21.14 C-4512....................................................................................................................................... K-407
2.21.15 C-4513....................................................................................................................................... K-407
2.21.16 C-4514....................................................................................................................................... K-408
2.21.17 C-4515....................................................................................................................................... K-408
2.21.18 C-4516....................................................................................................................................... K-409
2.21.19 C-4517....................................................................................................................................... K-409
2.21.20 C-4518....................................................................................................................................... K-410
2.21.21 C-4520....................................................................................................................................... K-410
2.21.22 C-4521....................................................................................................................................... K-411
2.21.23 C-4522....................................................................................................................................... K-411
2.21.24 C-4525....................................................................................................................................... K-412
2.21.25 C-4526....................................................................................................................................... K-412
2.21.26 C-4527....................................................................................................................................... K-412
2.21.27 C-4528....................................................................................................................................... K-413
2.21.28 C-4601....................................................................................................................................... K-413
2.21.29 C-4602....................................................................................................................................... K-414
2.21.30 C-4603....................................................................................................................................... K-414
2.21.31 C-4604....................................................................................................................................... K-415
2.21.32 C-4611....................................................................................................................................... K-415
2.21.33 C-4612....................................................................................................................................... K-416
2.21.34 C-4613....................................................................................................................................... K-417
2.21.35 C-4614....................................................................................................................................... K-417
2.21.36 C-4631....................................................................................................................................... K-418
2.21.37 C-4632....................................................................................................................................... K-418
2.21.38 C-4633....................................................................................................................................... K-419
2.21.39 C-4634....................................................................................................................................... K-419
2.21.40 C-4641....................................................................................................................................... K-420
2.21.41 C-4642....................................................................................................................................... K-420
2.21.42 C-4643....................................................................................................................................... K-421
2.21.43 C-4644....................................................................................................................................... K-421
2.21.44 C-4661....................................................................................................................................... K-422
2.21.45 C-4662....................................................................................................................................... K-422
2.21.46 C-4663....................................................................................................................................... K-423
2.21.47 C-4705....................................................................................................................................... K-423
2.21.48 C-4709....................................................................................................................................... K-424
2.21.49 C-4713....................................................................................................................................... K-424
2.21.50 C-4714....................................................................................................................................... K-425
2.21.51 C-4715....................................................................................................................................... K-425
2.21.52 C-4716....................................................................................................................................... K-425
2.21.53 C-4717....................................................................................................................................... K-426
2.21.54 C-4718....................................................................................................................................... K-426
2.21.55 C-4719....................................................................................................................................... K-427

2.21.56 C-4720....................................................................................................................................... K-427
2.21.57 C-4721....................................................................................................................................... K-428
2.21.58 C-4722....................................................................................................................................... K-428
2.21.59 C-4723....................................................................................................................................... K-428
2.21.60 C-4724....................................................................................................................................... K-429
2.21.61 C-4725....................................................................................................................................... K-429
2.21.62 C-4726....................................................................................................................................... K-430
2.21.63 C-4728....................................................................................................................................... K-430
2.21.64 C-4840....................................................................................................................................... K-431
2.21.65 C-4850* ..................................................................................................................................... K-431
2.22 解决方案 18(C-5001_6000) ................................................................................................................K-431
2.22.1 C-5001......................................................................................................................................... K-431
2.22.2 C-5002 * ...................................................................................................................................... K-432
2.22.3 C-5003......................................................................................................................................... K-432
2.22.4 C-5006......................................................................................................................................... K-433
2.22.5 C-5007......................................................................................................................................... K-433
2.22.6 C-5010......................................................................................................................................... K-434
2.22.7 C-5014......................................................................................................................................... K-434
2.22.8 C-5025......................................................................................................................................... K-435
2.22.9 C-5100......................................................................................................................................... K-435
2.22.10 C-5101....................................................................................................................................... K-436
2.22.11 C-5121....................................................................................................................................... K-436
2.22.12 C-5301* ..................................................................................................................................... K-436
2.22.13 C-5305* ..................................................................................................................................... K-437
2.22.14 C-5307* ..................................................................................................................................... K-437
2.22.15 C-5309* ..................................................................................................................................... K-438
2.22.16 C-5310* ..................................................................................................................................... K-438
2.22.17 C-5311* ..................................................................................................................................... K-439
2.22.18 C-5401....................................................................................................................................... K-439
2.22.19 C-5403....................................................................................................................................... K-439
2.22.20 C-5404....................................................................................................................................... K-440
2.23 解决方案 19(C-6001_7000) ................................................................................................................K-440
2.23.1 C-6102......................................................................................................................................... K-440
2.23.2 C-6103......................................................................................................................................... K-441
2.23.3 C-6104......................................................................................................................................... K-441
2.23.4 C-6105......................................................................................................................................... K-442
2.23.5 C-6114......................................................................................................................................... K-442
2.23.6 C-6115......................................................................................................................................... K-443
2.23.7 C-6121......................................................................................................................................... K-443
2.23.8 C-6702......................................................................................................................................... K-444
2.23.9 C-6703......................................................................................................................................... K-444
2.23.10 C-6704....................................................................................................................................... K-445
2.23.11 C-6706....................................................................................................................................... K-445
2.23.12 C-6720....................................................................................................................................... K-445
2.23.13 C-6725....................................................................................................................................... K-446
2.23.14 C-6751....................................................................................................................................... K-446
2.23.15 C-6752....................................................................................................................................... K-447
2.23.16 C-6753....................................................................................................................................... K-447
2.23.17 C-6754....................................................................................................................................... K-448
2.23.18 C-6755....................................................................................................................................... K-448
2.23.19 C-6756....................................................................................................................................... K-449
2.23.20 C-6781....................................................................................................................................... K-449
2.23.21 C-6782....................................................................................................................................... K-450
2.23.22 C-6801....................................................................................................................................... K-450
2.23.23 C-6802....................................................................................................................................... K-450
2.23.24 C-6F01....................................................................................................................................... K-451
2.24 解决方案 20(C-7001_9999) ................................................................................................................K-451
2.24.1 C-7001......................................................................................................................................... K-451
2.24.2 C-8001......................................................................................................................................... K-452
2.24.3 C-8101......................................................................................................................................... K-452
2.24.4 C-8103......................................................................................................................................... K-453
2.24.5 C-8106......................................................................................................................................... K-453
2.24.6 C-8107......................................................................................................................................... K-454
2.24.7 C-8302......................................................................................................................................... K-454
2.24.8 C-8401......................................................................................................................................... K-455
2.24.9 C-8402......................................................................................................................................... K-455
2.24.10 C-9401....................................................................................................................................... K-456
2.24.11 C-9402....................................................................................................................................... K-456

2.24.12 C-9403....................................................................................................................................... K-457
2.24.13 C-9404....................................................................................................................................... K-457
2.25 解决方案 20(C-C001_C200)............................................................................................................... K-458
2.25.1 C-C101 ........................................................................................................................................ K-458
2.25.2 C-C102 ........................................................................................................................................ K-458
2.25.3 C-C104 ........................................................................................................................................ K-459
2.25.4 C-C109 ........................................................................................................................................ K-459
2.25.5 C-C111 ........................................................................................................................................ K-459
2.25.6 C-C112 ........................................................................................................................................ K-460
2.25.7 C-C113 ........................................................................................................................................ K-460
2.25.8 C-C114 ........................................................................................................................................ K-461
2.25.9 C-C114 ........................................................................................................................................ K-461
2.25.10 C-C116 ...................................................................................................................................... K-462
2.25.11 C-C117 ...................................................................................................................................... K-462
2.25.12 C-C118 ...................................................................................................................................... K-462
2.25.13 C-C119 ...................................................................................................................................... K-463
2.25.14 C-C120 ...................................................................................................................................... K-463
2.25.15 C-C121 ...................................................................................................................................... K-464
2.25.16 C-C123 ...................................................................................................................................... K-464
2.25.17 C-C124 ...................................................................................................................................... K-465
2.25.18 C-C131 ...................................................................................................................................... K-465
2.25.19 C-C132 ...................................................................................................................................... K-465
2.25.20 C-C137 ...................................................................................................................................... K-466
2.25.21 C-C138 ...................................................................................................................................... K-466
2.25.22 C-C139 ...................................................................................................................................... K-467
2.25.23 C-C140 ...................................................................................................................................... K-467
2.25.24 C-C150 ...................................................................................................................................... K-467
2.25.25 C-C151 ...................................................................................................................................... K-468
2.25.26 C-C152 ...................................................................................................................................... K-468
2.25.27 C-C156 ...................................................................................................................................... K-469
2.25.28 C-C170 ...................................................................................................................................... K-469
2.26 解决方案 22(C-C201_E100) ............................................................................................................... K-469
2.26.1 C-D010 ........................................................................................................................................ K-469
2.26.2 C-D060 ........................................................................................................................................ K-470
2.26.3 C-D070 ........................................................................................................................................ K-470
2.26.4 C-D080 ........................................................................................................................................ K-471
2.26.5 C-D0C0........................................................................................................................................ K-472
2.26.6 C-D0D1........................................................................................................................................ K-472
2.26.7 C-D0E1........................................................................................................................................ K-473
2.26.8 C-D0E3........................................................................................................................................ K-473
2.26.9 C-D0E4........................................................................................................................................ K-474
2.26.10 C-D0E5...................................................................................................................................... K-474
2.26.11 C-D0E8...................................................................................................................................... K-475
2.26.12 C-D0EF...................................................................................................................................... K-475
2.26.13 C-D0F0...................................................................................................................................... K-476
2.26.14 C-D0F1...................................................................................................................................... K-476
2.26.15 C-D0F2...................................................................................................................................... K-477
2.26.16 C-D0F5...................................................................................................................................... K-477
2.26.17 C-D0F6...................................................................................................................................... K-477
2.26.18 C-D0F8...................................................................................................................................... K-478
2.26.19 C-D0FE...................................................................................................................................... K-478
2.26.20 C-E001 ...................................................................................................................................... K-479
2.26.21 C-E002 ...................................................................................................................................... K-479
2.26.22 C-E003 ...................................................................................................................................... K-480
2.26.23 C-E004 ...................................................................................................................................... K-480
2.26.24 C-E005 ...................................................................................................................................... K-481
2.26.25 C-E006 ...................................................................................................................................... K-481
2.26.26 C-E007 ...................................................................................................................................... K-482
2.26.27 C-E008 ...................................................................................................................................... K-482
2.26.28 C-E009 ...................................................................................................................................... K-483
2.26.29 C-E012 ...................................................................................................................................... K-483
2.26.30 C-E013 ...................................................................................................................................... K-483
2.26.31 C-E014 ...................................................................................................................................... K-484
2.26.32 C-E015 ...................................................................................................................................... K-484
2.26.33 C-E017 ...................................................................................................................................... K-484
2.26.34 C-E018 ...................................................................................................................................... K-485
2.26.35 C-E020 ...................................................................................................................................... K-485
3. 不显示功能异常代码的故障.......................................................................................................K-486

3.1 未开启主机电源 .................................................................................................................................... K-486
3.1.1 开启了主电源开关但操作面板上的电源 LED 未呈橙色亮起........................................................... K-486
3.1.2 开启了主电源开关和副电源开关 , 但触摸面板未显示任何内容...................................................... K-486
3.1.3 开启了副电源开关但电源 LED 未从橙色变为蓝色 ......................................................................... K-486
3.1.4 操作面板停在 "Please wait starting system"( 正在启动系统 , 请等待 ) 画面 . ................................ K-487
3.2 未向 DF 供电......................................................................................................................................... K-487
3.3 未向进纸选购件供电 ............................................................................................................................. K-487
3.3.1 PF-602m........................................................................................................................................ K-487
3.3.2 PF-707........................................................................................................................................... K-487
3.3.3 LU-202m........................................................................................................................................ K-488
3.3.4 LU-202XL ...................................................................................................................................... K-488
3.4 未向排纸处理选购件供电 . .................................................................................................................... K-488
3.4.1 RU-509 .......................................................................................................................................... K-488
3.4.2 RU-510 .......................................................................................................................................... K-489
3.4.3 FS-531 /FS-612............................................................................................................................. K-489
3.4.4 FS-532........................................................................................................................................... K-489
3.4.5 OT-510 .......................................................................................................................................... K-489
3.4.6 LS-506........................................................................................................................................... K-490
3.4.7 FD-503........................................................................................................................................... K-490
3.4.8 SD-506 .......................................................................................................................................... K-490
3.4.9 SD-513 .......................................................................................................................................... K-491
3.4.10 PB-503......................................................................................................................................... K-491
3.4.11 GP-501 ........................................................................................................................................ K-491
4. 图像问题 ...................................................................................................................................K-493
4.1 解决方案概述........................................................................................................................................ K-493
4.1.1 测试样张打印................................................................................................................................. K-493
4.2 解决方案 ............................................................................................................................................... K-493
4.2.1 图像问题示例说明.......................................................................................................................... K-493
4.2.2 白色线条 1, 白色带 1, 彩色条纹 1, 彩色带 1................................................................................... K-495
4.2.3 白色线条 2, 白色带 2, 彩色条纹 2, 彩色带 2................................................................................... K-497
4.2.4 浓度不均 1 ..................................................................................................................................... K-498
4.2.5 浓度不均 2 ..................................................................................................................................... K-501
4.2.6 色阶错误 ........................................................................................................................................ K-504
4.2.7 背面沾上油墨................................................................................................................................. K-505
4.2.8 色彩再现错误................................................................................................................................. K-506
4.2.9 色彩对位校正错误.......................................................................................................................... K-506
4.2.10 灰色背景 ...................................................................................................................................... K-508
4.2.11 图像浓度低................................................................................................................................... K-510
4.2.12 彩点 ............................................................................................................................................. K-513
4.2.13 白点 , 空白区域 ............................................................................................................................ K-515
4.2.14 模糊白点 , 模糊彩点..................................................................................................................... K-518
4.2.15 主缘图像消除 , 尾缘图像消除....................................................................................................... K-519
4.2.16 厚纸主缘排斥 , 厚纸尾缘排斥....................................................................................................... K-519
4.2.17 空白副本 , 黑色副本..................................................................................................................... K-519
4.2.18 波动不均 (R,B,G 纯色图像 )......................................................................................................... K-520
4.2.19 波纹 ............................................................................................................................................. K-521
4.2.20 光泽度不均 , 辊痕......................................................................................................................... K-522
4.2.21 图像记忆 , 尺寸记忆..................................................................................................................... K-523
4.2.22 纸张尾缘浓度变深 , 主缘模糊....................................................................................................... K-523
4.2.23 间距不均 ...................................................................................................................................... K-524
4.2.24 定期白点 , 彩点 ............................................................................................................................ K-525
4.2.25 定影性能不佳 , 位移..................................................................................................................... K-526
4.2.26 图像模糊 ...................................................................................................................................... K-526
4.2.27 毛刷效果 , 图像出血..................................................................................................................... K-527
4.2.28 纸张折缝 , 出血 ............................................................................................................................ K-528
4.2.29 显影剂重影................................................................................................................................... K-530
4.2.30 图像歪斜 ...................................................................................................................................... K-530
4.2.31 图像变形 ...................................................................................................................................... K-531
4.2.32 ACS 异常..................................................................................................................................... K-531
4.2.33 图像异常 ...................................................................................................................................... K-532
4.2.34 原稿和复印件之间存在浓度差...................................................................................................... K-532
4.2.35 原稿和复印件之间存在色差 ......................................................................................................... K-533
5. IC 保护器...................................................................................................................................K-534
5.1 概述 ...................................................................................................................................................... K-534
5.2 IC 保护器列表....................................................................................................................................... K-534
5.2.1 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060, AccurioPrint C2060L ......................................................... K-534
5.2.2 PF-602m, HT-504.......................................................................................................................... K-536
5.2.3 PF-707, HT-506............................................................................................................................. K-537

5.2.4 LU-202, LU-202XL......................................................................................................................... K-539
5.2.5 RU-509, HM-102 ........................................................................................................................... K-540
5.2.6 FS-531........................................................................................................................................... K-541
5.2.7 FS-612........................................................................................................................................... K-541
5.2.8 PI-502............................................................................................................................................ K-542
5.2.9 FS-532........................................................................................................................................... K-542
5.2.10 SD-510 ........................................................................................................................................ K-543
5.2.11 OT-510 ........................................................................................................................................ K-543
5.2.12 PK-522......................................................................................................................................... K-543
5.2.13 LS-506......................................................................................................................................... K-544
5.2.14 FD-503......................................................................................................................................... K-544
5.2.15 SD-506 ........................................................................................................................................ K-545
5.2.16 SD-513 ........................................................................................................................................ K-546
5.2.17 TU-503......................................................................................................................................... K-548
5.2.18 FD-504......................................................................................................................................... K-548
5.2.19 PB-503......................................................................................................................................... K-548
5.3 IC 保护器位置....................................................................................................................................... K-550
5.3.1 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060, AccurioPrint C2060L ......................................................... K-550
5.3.2 PF-602m, HT-504.......................................................................................................................... K-552
5.3.3 PF-707, HT-506............................................................................................................................. K-553
5.3.4 LU-202m/LU-202XL....................................................................................................................... K-555
5.3.5 RU-509, HM-102 ........................................................................................................................... K-555
5.3.6 FS-531........................................................................................................................................... K-557
5.3.7 FS-612........................................................................................................................................... K-558
5.3.8 PI-502............................................................................................................................................ K-559
5.3.9 FS-532........................................................................................................................................... K-559
5.3.10 SD-510 ........................................................................................................................................ K-560
5.3.11 OT-510 ........................................................................................................................................ K-560
5.3.12 PK-522......................................................................................................................................... K-561
5.3.13 LS-506......................................................................................................................................... K-561
5.3.14 SD-506 ........................................................................................................................................ K-561
5.3.15 SD-513 ........................................................................................................................................ K-563
5.3.16 TU-503......................................................................................................................................... K-564
5.3.17 FD-504......................................................................................................................................... K-564
6. 故障排除 (IC-603) .....................................................................................................................K-565
6.1 IC 功能异常代码列表 ............................................................................................................................ K-565
6.2 IC 解决方案........................................................................................................................................... K-565
6.2.1 00-001 ........................................................................................................................................... K-565
6.2.2 00-002 ........................................................................................................................................... K-565
6.2.3 01-001 ........................................................................................................................................... K-566
6.2.4 01-002 ........................................................................................................................................... K-566
6.2.5 02-001 ........................................................................................................................................... K-566
7. 故障排除 (GP-501)....................................................................................................................K-568
7.1 故障排除 (GP-501) ............................................................................................................................... K-568
7.2 故障排除 ............................................................................................................................................... K-568
7.2.1 故障排除 ........................................................................................................................................ K-568
7.2.2 常规 ............................................................................................................................................... K-568
7.2.3 后量规............................................................................................................................................ K-568
7.2.4 模组 ............................................................................................................................................... K-569
7.3 初始维修操作........................................................................................................................................ K-569
7.3.1 初始维修操作................................................................................................................................. K-569
7.4 卡纸维修操作........................................................................................................................................ K-569
7.4.1 卡纸维修操作................................................................................................................................. K-569
7.5 最终维修操作........................................................................................................................................ K-571
7.5.1 最终维修操作................................................................................................................................. K-571
8. 其它异常 ( 错误代码 , 故障排除 )...............................................................................................K-571
L. 零件 / 连接器布局图 .............................................................................................. L-1
1. 零件布局图.................................................................................................................................... L-1
1.1 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060, AccurioPrint C2060L .................................................................... L-1
1.1.1 主机后侧 1 ......................................................................................................................................... L-1
1.1.2 主机后侧 2 ......................................................................................................................................... L-2
1.1.3 主机上表面......................................................................................................................................... L-4
1.1.4 主机左侧 ............................................................................................................................................ L-4
1.1.5 主机前侧 1 ......................................................................................................................................... L-5
1.1.6 主机前侧 2 ......................................................................................................................................... L-5
1.1.7 写入部................................................................................................................................................ L-6

1.1.8 显影部................................................................................................................................................ L-7
1.1.9 中间转印部......................................................................................................................................... L-7
1.1.10 图像校正单元部 ............................................................................................................................... L-7
1.1.11 进纸盒.............................................................................................................................................. L-8
1.1.12 垂直传输部....................................................................................................................................... L-9
1.1.13 对位部.............................................................................................................................................. L-9
1.1.14 双面器部 1 ..................................................................................................................................... L-10
1.1.15 双面器部 2 ..................................................................................................................................... L-11
1.1.16 双面器部 3 ..................................................................................................................................... L-12
1.1.17 定影部............................................................................................................................................ L-13
1.1.18 出纸部............................................................................................................................................ L-14
1.1.19 操作面板部..................................................................................................................................... L-14
1.1.20 充电控制部..................................................................................................................................... L-15
1.2 DF-706.................................................................................................................................................... L-15
1.3 PF-602m/HT-504/505............................................................................................................................. L-16
1.3.1 前部配置 .......................................................................................................................................... L-16
1.3.2 后部配置 .......................................................................................................................................... L-17
1.3.3 垂直传输部....................................................................................................................................... L-18
1.3.4 水平传输部....................................................................................................................................... L-18
1.3.5 纸盘部 1........................................................................................................................................... L-18
1.3.6 纸盘部 2........................................................................................................................................... L-19
1.4 PF-707, HT-506...................................................................................................................................... L-20
1.4.1 前侧 ................................................................................................................................................. L-20
1.4.2 后侧 ................................................................................................................................................. L-21
1.4.3 垂直传输部前侧 ............................................................................................................................... L-22
1.4.4 垂直传输部后侧 ............................................................................................................................... L-23
1.4.5 垂直传输部顶部 ............................................................................................................................... L-24
1.4.6 水平传输部底部 ............................................................................................................................... L-24
1.4.7 水平传输部后侧 ............................................................................................................................... L-25
1.4.8 进纸盒 1 至 3 部............................................................................................................................... L-25
1.4.9 进纸吸气部....................................................................................................................................... L-26
1.4.10 HT-506........................................................................................................................................... L-26
1.5 LU-202m/LU-202XL/HT-503/HT-514...................................................................................................... L-26
1.5.1 上 / 下进纸部.................................................................................................................................... L-26
1.5.2 上 / 下进纸部 (LU-202XL) ................................................................................................................ L-27
1.5.3 机器内部 .......................................................................................................................................... L-28
1.5.4 机器内部 (LU-202XL)....................................................................................................................... L-29
1.5.5 HT-503............................................................................................................................................. L-29
1.5.6 HT-514............................................................................................................................................. L-30
1.6 MB-506................................................................................................................................................... L-30
1.7 OT-510 ................................................................................................................................................... L-31
1.7.1 后侧 ................................................................................................................................................. L-31
1.7.2 右侧 ................................................................................................................................................. L-32
1.7.3 左侧 1 .............................................................................................................................................. L-33
1.7.4 左侧 2 .............................................................................................................................................. L-34
1.7.5 上表面.............................................................................................................................................. L-35
1.8 OT-511 ................................................................................................................................................... L-35
1.9 EF-103.................................................................................................................................................... L-36
1.10 RU-509/HM-102 .................................................................................................................................. L-36
1.10.1 右侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-36
1.10.2 左侧视图 ........................................................................................................................................ L-37
1.10.3 后侧 1 ............................................................................................................................................ L-38
1.10.4 后侧 2 ............................................................................................................................................ L-39
1.10.5 增湿部前侧..................................................................................................................................... L-40
1.10.6 增湿部后侧..................................................................................................................................... L-40
1.10.7 输出纸张浓度检测部 ...................................................................................................................... L-41
1.11 RU-510 ................................................................................................................................................. L-41
1.11.1 右侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-41
1.11.2 左侧视图 ........................................................................................................................................ L-42
1.11.3 后侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-42
1.12 FS-531 ................................................................................................................................................. L-42
1.12.1 前侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-42
1.12.2 后侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-43
1.12.3 堆叠器部后侧................................................................................................................................. L-44
1.12.4 装订器部 ........................................................................................................................................ L-44
1.13 FS-612 ................................................................................................................................................. L-45
1.13.1 前侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-45
1.13.2 后侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-46

1.13.3 折叠部............................................................................................................................................ L-46
1.13.4 装订器部 ........................................................................................................................................ L-47
1.14 PK-512/513........................................................................................................................................... L-47
1.15 PI-502................................................................................................................................................... L-48
1.16 FS-532.................................................................................................................................................. L-49
1.16.1 后侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-49
1.16.2 右侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-50
1.16.3 左侧 1 ............................................................................................................................................ L-51
1.16.4 左侧 2 ............................................................................................................................................ L-52
1.16.5 前侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-53
1.16.6 上表面............................................................................................................................................ L-53
1.16.7 堆叠器 1......................................................................................................................................... L-54
1.16.8 堆叠器 2......................................................................................................................................... L-55
1.16.9 堆叠器 3......................................................................................................................................... L-55
1.16.10 装订器.......................................................................................................................................... L-56
1.17 SD-510 ................................................................................................................................................. L-57
1.17.1 后侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-57
1.17.2 前侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-57
1.17.3 底部 1 ............................................................................................................................................ L-58
1.17.4 底部 2 ............................................................................................................................................ L-59
1.17.5 装订器............................................................................................................................................ L-59
1.18 PK-522.................................................................................................................................................. L-60
1.19 MK-732................................................................................................................................................. L-60
1.20 LS-506.................................................................................................................................................. L-61
1.20.1 前侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-61
1.20.2 上表面............................................................................................................................................ L-61
1.20.3 后侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-62
1.20.4 移位单元 ........................................................................................................................................ L-62
1.21 FD-503 ................................................................................................................................................. L-63
1.21.1 传输部前侧 / 右侧........................................................................................................................... L-63
1.21.2 电源部中的主要电路板................................................................................................................... L-63
1.21.3 传输部后侧 / 左侧........................................................................................................................... L-64
1.21.4 PI 后侧........................................................................................................................................... L-64
1.21.5 PI 上表面 ....................................................................................................................................... L-65
1.21.6 PI 下部纸盘.................................................................................................................................... L-65
1.21.7 打孔部............................................................................................................................................ L-66
1.21.8 折叠单元前侧 / 右侧....................................................................................................................... L-66
1.21.9 折叠单元后侧 / 左侧....................................................................................................................... L-67
1.22 SD-506 ................................................................................................................................................ L-67
1.22.1 水平传输部..................................................................................................................................... L-67
1.22.2 垂直传输部..................................................................................................................................... L-68
1.22.3 折叠部............................................................................................................................................ L-68
1.22.4 鞍式装订部..................................................................................................................................... L-70
1.22.5 纸叠处理部..................................................................................................................................... L-73
1.22.6 裁切器部 ........................................................................................................................................ L-74
1.22.7 左侧视图 ........................................................................................................................................ L-75
1.22.8 前侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-75
1.22.9 后侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-76
1.23 SD-513 ................................................................................................................................................. L-77
1.23.1 后控制台前侧 1 .............................................................................................................................. L-77
1.23.2 后控制台前侧 2 .............................................................................................................................. L-78
1.23.3 后控制台后侧................................................................................................................................. L-79
1.23.4 前控制台 ........................................................................................................................................ L-80
1.23.5 入口传输部..................................................................................................................................... L-81
1.23.6 折叠传输部..................................................................................................................................... L-82
1.23.7 副纸盘 / 三折叠纸盘部 1 ................................................................................................................ L-83
1.23.8 副纸盘 / 三折叠纸盘部 2 ................................................................................................................ L-84
1.23.9 鞍式装订部..................................................................................................................................... L-85
1.23.10 小册子移动部............................................................................................................................... L-86
1.23.11 夹钳部.......................................................................................................................................... L-87
1.23.12 裁切器部 ...................................................................................................................................... L-88
1.23.13 小册子纸盘部............................................................................................................................... L-89
1.24 CR-101 ................................................................................................................................................. L-89
1.25 TU-503.................................................................................................................................................. L-90
1.26 FD-504.................................................................................................................................................. L-91
1.26.1 夹钳升降部..................................................................................................................................... L-91
1.26.2 书脊角形成部................................................................................................................................. L-91
1.26.3 SD-513 左侧 .................................................................................................................................. L-92

1.27 PB-503 ................................................................................................................................................. L-92
1.27.1 SC 部............................................................................................................................................. L-92
1.27.2 夹钳部............................................................................................................................................ L-93
1.27.3 胶粒供应部..................................................................................................................................... L-94
1.27.4 胶槽部............................................................................................................................................ L-94
1.27.5 封面纸供应部................................................................................................................................. L-96
1.27.6 封面纸台部..................................................................................................................................... L-97
1.27.7 书本存储部..................................................................................................................................... L-98
1.27.8 传输部和框架部 ............................................................................................................................. L-99
1.27.9 中继传输部................................................................................................................................... L-101
1.28 GP-501 ............................................................................................................................................... L-102
1.28.1 后侧 1/ 右侧 1 .............................................................................................................................. L-102
1.28.2 后侧 2/ 左侧 ................................................................................................................................. L-102
1.28.3 右侧 2 .......................................................................................................................................... L-103
1.28.4 前侧 ............................................................................................................................................. L-103
1.28.5 旁路传输部................................................................................................................................... L-103
1.28.6 打孔传输部................................................................................................................................... L-104
1.29 GP-502 ............................................................................................................................................... L-105
2. 电路板中的连接器布局图 .......................................................................................................... L-106
2.1 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060, AccurioPrint C2060L ................................................................ L-106
2.1.1 整体控制电路板 ............................................................................................................................. L-106
2.1.2 打印控制板..................................................................................................................................... L-106
2.1.3 打印图像处理电路板 ...................................................................................................................... L-107
2.1.4 扫描器图像处理电路板................................................................................................................... L-107
2.1.5 扫描器驱动电路板.......................................................................................................................... L-107
2.1.6 传输驱动电路板 ............................................................................................................................. L-108
2.1.7 直流电源 /1 .................................................................................................................................... L-108
2.1.8 直流电源 /2 .................................................................................................................................... L-109
2.1.9 高压单元 /1 .................................................................................................................................... L-109
2.1.10 高压单元 /2 .................................................................................................................................. L-109
2.1.11 高压单元 /3 .................................................................................................................................. L-110
2.1.12 操作电路板 /1............................................................................................................................... L-110
2.1.13 操作电路板 /2............................................................................................................................... L-111
2.1.14 LCD 电路板.................................................................................................................................. L-111
2.1.15 CCD 电路板................................................................................................................................. L-111
2.1.16 扫描器反相器电路板 .................................................................................................................... L-111
2.1.17 NVRAM 电路板............................................................................................................................ L-111
2.1.18 USB 中继电路板 .......................................................................................................................... L-112
2.2 DF-706.................................................................................................................................................. L-112
2.2.1 DF 控制电路板 (DFCB).................................................................................................................. L-112
2.2.2 DF 电源 (DFPU)............................................................................................................................. L-112
2.2.3 传感器控制电路板 (SCB) ............................................................................................................... L-112
2.2.4 多张进纸检测电路板 /1( 发射器 )(MFDB/1).................................................................................... L-113
2.2.5 多张进纸检测电路板 /2( 接收器 )(MFDB/2).................................................................................... L-113
2.3 PF-602m/HT-504/505........................................................................................................................... L-113
2.3.1 PF 驱动电路板 (PFDB) .................................................................................................................. L-113
2.3.2 AC 驱动电路板 (ACDB) ................................................................................................................. L-113
2.4 PF-707/HT-506..................................................................................................................................... L-114
2.4.1 PF 驱动电路板 (PFDB) .................................................................................................................. L-114
2.4.2 AC 驱动电路板 (ACDB) ................................................................................................................. L-114
2.4.3 直流电源 /1,/2(DCPS/1,/2)............................................................................................................. L-114
2.4.4 多张进纸检测电路板 /R,/S(MFDBR, MFDBS) ............................................................................... L-115
2.5 LU-202m/LU-202XL/HT-503/HT-514.................................................................................................... L-115
2.5.1 LU 驱动电路板 (LUDB)(LU-202m)................................................................................................. L-115
2.5.2 LU 驱动电路板 (LUDB)(LU-202XL)................................................................................................ L-115
2.5.3 AC 驱动电路板 (ACDB) ................................................................................................................. L-116
2.6 OT-510 ................................................................................................................................................. L-116
2.6.1 FNS 控制电路板 ............................................................................................................................ L-116
2.7 RU-509/HM-102 .................................................................................................................................. L-116
2.7.1 RU 控制电路板 (RUCB)................................................................................................................. L-116
2.7.2 HM 驱动电路板 (HMDB) ................................................................................................................ L-117
2.7.3 直流电源 (DCPS)........................................................................................................................... L-117
2.7.4 色彩浓度检测电路板 /Y,/M,/C,/K(CDDBY,CDDBM,CDDBC,CDDBK) ........................................... L-117
2.7.5 色彩浓度控制电路板 (CDCB)......................................................................................................... L-118
2.7.6 色彩浓度中继电路板 (CDRLB)....................................................................................................... L-118
2.7.7 卡纸指示电路板 (JAMIB) ............................................................................................................... L-118
2.8 RU-510 ................................................................................................................................................. L-118
2.8.1 RU 控制电路板 (RUCB)................................................................................................................. L-118

2.8.2 卡纸指示电路板 (JAMIB) ............................................................................................................... L-119
2.9 FS-531 ................................................................................................................................................. L-119
2.9.1 FNS 控制电路板 (FNSCB)............................................................................................................. L-119
2.9.2 中继电路板 (RB) ............................................................................................................................ L-120
2.10 FS-612 ............................................................................................................................................... L-120
2.10.1 FNS 控制电路板 (FNSCB)........................................................................................................... L-120
2.10.2 中继电路板 (RB) .......................................................................................................................... L-120
2.11 PK-512/513......................................................................................................................................... L-121
2.11.1 打孔驱动电路板 (PDB)................................................................................................................. L-121
2.11.2 纸张尺寸传感器电路板................................................................................................................. L-121
2.12 PI-502 ................................................................................................................................................ L-121
2.12.1 PI 驱动电路板 (PIDB)................................................................................................................... L-121
2.12.2 PI 操作电路板 (PIOB) .................................................................................................................. L-121
2.13 FS-532................................................................................................................................................ L-121
2.13.1 FNS 控制电路板 .......................................................................................................................... L-121
2.13.2 卡纸指示电路板 ........................................................................................................................... L-122
2.14 SD-510 ............................................................................................................................................... L-122
2.14.1 SD 控制电路板............................................................................................................................. L-122
2.15 PK-522................................................................................................................................................ L-123
2.15.1 打孔驱动电路板 (PDB)................................................................................................................. L-123
2.15.2 纸张尺寸传感器电路板................................................................................................................. L-123
2.16 LS-506................................................................................................................................................ L-123
2.16.1 LS 控制电路板 (LSCB)................................................................................................................. L-123
2.16.2 中继电路板 /1(RLB/1) .................................................................................................................. L-123
2.16.3 中继电路板 /2(RLB/2) .................................................................................................................. L-123
2.16.4 直流电源 (DCPS)......................................................................................................................... L-124
2.16.5 中继电路板 (RLB) ........................................................................................................................ L-124
2.17 FD-503 ............................................................................................................................................... L-124
2.17.1 FD 控制电路板 (FDCB)................................................................................................................ L-124
2.17.2 打孔驱动电路板 (PDB)................................................................................................................. L-125
2.17.3 折叠驱动电路板 (FDB)................................................................................................................. L-125
2.17.4 PI 驱动电路板 (PIDB)................................................................................................................... L-125
2.17.5 FD 操作电路板 (FDOB)................................................................................................................ L-126
2.17.6 卡纸指示电路板 (JAMIB) ............................................................................................................. L-126
2.17.7 直流电源 (DCPS)......................................................................................................................... L-126
2.17.8 多张进纸检测电路板 /1,/2(MFDB1,2)........................................................................................... L-126
2.18 SD-506 .............................................................................................................................................. L-126
2.18.1 SD 控制电路板 (SDCB) ............................................................................................................... L-126
2.18.2 SD 驱动电路板 (SDDB) ............................................................................................................... L-127
2.18.3 SD 驱动电路板 /2(SDDB/2) ......................................................................................................... L-127
2.18.4 直流电源 /1(DCPS1).................................................................................................................... L-128
2.18.5 直流电源 /2(DCPS2).................................................................................................................... L-128
2.18.6 直流电源 /3(DCPS3).................................................................................................................... L-128
2.18.7 卡纸指示电路板 /1(JAMIB/1) ....................................................................................................... L-128
2.18.8 卡纸指示电路板 /2(JAMIB/2) ....................................................................................................... L-129
2.19 SD-513 ............................................................................................................................................... L-129
2.19.1 SD 控制电路板 (PCB1)................................................................................................................ L-129
2.19.2 SD 驱动电路板 (PCB2)................................................................................................................ L-130
2.19.3 后控制台卡纸指示电路板 (PCB5) ................................................................................................ L-130
2.19.4 前控制台卡纸指示电路板 (PCB6) ................................................................................................ L-131
2.19.5 直流电源 /1(DCPS1).................................................................................................................... L-131
2.19.6 直流电源 /2(DCPS2).................................................................................................................... L-131
2.20 TU-503................................................................................................................................................ L-132
2.20.1 切纸机驱动板 (TUDB).................................................................................................................. L-132
2.21 FD-504................................................................................................................................................ L-132
2.21.1 FD 驱动电路板 (FDDB)................................................................................................................ L-132
2.22 PB-503 ............................................................................................................................................... L-132
2.22.1 PB 控制电路板 (PBCB)................................................................................................................ L-132
2.22.2 AC 驱动电路板 (ACDB) ............................................................................................................... L-133
2.22.3 PB 驱动电路板 /1(PBDB1)........................................................................................................... L-133
2.22.4 PB 驱动电路板 /2(PBDB2)........................................................................................................... L-133
2.22.5 PB 驱动电路板 /3(PBDB3)........................................................................................................... L-134
2.22.6 卡纸指示电路板 /1(JAMB1) ......................................................................................................... L-134
2.22.7 卡纸指示电路板 /2(JAMB2) ......................................................................................................... L-134
2.22.8 手动操作电路板 (OB1)................................................................................................................. L-134
2.22.9 小册子存储操作电路板 (OB2) ...................................................................................................... L-134
2.22.10 直流电源 /1(DCPU/1)................................................................................................................. L-135
2.22.11 直流电源 /2(DCPU/2)................................................................................................................. L-135

2.22.12 直流电源 /3(DCPU/3)................................................................................................................. L-135
2.22.13 直流电源 /4(DCPU/4)................................................................................................................. L-135
2.22.14 直流电源 /5(DCPU/5)................................................................................................................. L-135
2.23 GP-501 ............................................................................................................................................... L-136
2.23.1 打孔控制器电路板........................................................................................................................ L-136
2.24 GP-502 ............................................................................................................................................... L-136
3. 中继连接器布局图 .................................................................................................................... L-137
3.1 SD-506 ................................................................................................................................................. L-137
3.1.1 右侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-137
3.1.2 左侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-138
3.1.3 后侧 1 ............................................................................................................................................ L-139
3.1.4 后侧 2 ............................................................................................................................................ L-139
3.1.5 折叠部............................................................................................................................................ L-140
3.1.6 鞍式装订部 -1 ................................................................................................................................ L-140
3.1.7 鞍式装订部 -2 ................................................................................................................................ L-141
3.2 PB-503.................................................................................................................................................. L-142
3.2.1 后侧 1 ............................................................................................................................................ L-142
3.2.2 后侧 2 ............................................................................................................................................ L-143
3.2.3 后侧 3 ............................................................................................................................................ L-144
3.2.4 后侧 4 ............................................................................................................................................ L-145
3.2.5 后侧 5 ............................................................................................................................................ L-146
3.2.6 前侧 ............................................................................................................................................... L-147
3.2.7 子整理 (SC) 部............................................................................................................................... L-147
3.2.8 夹钳部............................................................................................................................................ L-148
3.2.9 封面纸供应部................................................................................................................................. L-148
3.2.10 封面纸台部................................................................................................................................... L-149
3.2.11 书本存储部................................................................................................................................... L-149
3.2.12 传输部.......................................................................................................................................... L-150
3.2.13 胶粒供应部................................................................................................................................... L-150
3.2.14 中继传输部................................................................................................................................... L-150
M. 时序图................................................................................................................. M-1
1. AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060, AccurioPrint C2060L ....................................................... M-1
1.1 副电源开关打开时的时序图 ( 晨时 ) ......................................................................................................... M-1
1.2 副电源开关打开时的时序图 ( 非晨时 ) ..................................................................................................... M-1
1.3 双面模式的时序图.................................................................................................................................... M-2
1.3.1 操作条件 ........................................................................................................................................... M-2
1.3.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................... M-2
2. DF-706......................................................................................................................................... M-3
2.1 双面模式的时序图.................................................................................................................................... M-3
2.1.1 操作条件 ........................................................................................................................................... M-3
2.1.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................... M-3
3. PF-602m ...................................................................................................................................... M-4
3.1 纸盒 4,A4,2 张原稿 .................................................................................................................................. M-4
4. PF-707 ......................................................................................................................................... M-5
4.1 单面模式的时序图.................................................................................................................................... M-5
4.1.1 操作条件 ........................................................................................................................................... M-5
4.1.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................... M-5
5. LU-202m, LU-202XL.................................................................................................................... M-6
5.1 A4, 单面 ,2 张........................................................................................................................................... M-6
5.2 A3, 单面 ,2 张........................................................................................................................................... M-6
6. OT-510......................................................................................................................................... M-7
6.1 直接出纸模式的时序图............................................................................................................................. M-7
6.1.1 操作条件 ........................................................................................................................................... M-7
6.1.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................... M-7
7. RU-509/HM-102 .......................................................................................................................... M-8
7.1 增湿 OFF 模式 ( 旁路传输 ) 时的时序图................................................................................................... M-8
7.1.1 操作条件 ........................................................................................................................................... M-8
7.1.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................... M-8
7.2 增湿模式的时序图.................................................................................................................................... M-8
7.2.1 操作条件 ........................................................................................................................................... M-8
7.2.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................... M-8
8. RU-510 ........................................................................................................................................ M-9
8.1 直接出纸模式的时序图............................................................................................................................. M-9
8.1.1 操作条件 ........................................................................................................................................... M-9
8.1.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................... M-9
8.2 单张反转 / 出纸模式的时序图................................................................................................................. M-10

8.2.1 操作条件 ......................................................................................................................................... M-10
8.2.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................. M-10
8.3 两张反转 / 出纸传输模式的时序图 ......................................................................................................... M-11
8.3.1 操作条件 ......................................................................................................................................... M-11
8.3.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................. M-11
9. FS-531 ...................................................................................................................................... M-12
9.1 分页模式的时序图.................................................................................................................................. M-12
9.1.1 操作条件 ......................................................................................................................................... M-12
9.1.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................. M-12
9.2 平订模式的时序图.................................................................................................................................. M-13
9.2.1 操作条件 ......................................................................................................................................... M-13
9.2.2 时序图............................................................................................................................................. M-13
10. FS-612 .................................................................................................................................... M-14
10.1 分页模式的时序图................................................................................................................................ M-14
10.1.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-14
10.1.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-14
10.2 平订模式的时序图................................................................................................................................ M-14
10.2.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-14
10.2.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-14
10.3 鞍式装订模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-15
10.3.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-15
10.3.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-15
10.4 三折叠模式的时序图 ............................................................................................................................ M-16
10.4.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-16
10.4.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-16
11. PK-512/513.............................................................................................................................. M-17
11.1 打孔 , 平订 ( 两个装订针 ),A4,2 张原稿 ,3 份副本 , 单面 ...................................................................... M-17
12. PI-502 ..................................................................................................................................... M-18
12.1 PI 自动进纸模式的时序图 .................................................................................................................... M-18
12.1.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-18
12.1.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-18
13. FS-532 ..................................................................................................................................... M-19
13.1 直接出纸模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-19
13.1.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-19
13.1.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-19
13.2 装订模式的时序图................................................................................................................................ M-20
13.2.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-20
13.2.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-20
14. SD-510..................................................................................................................................... M-21
14.1 鞍式装订模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-21
14.1.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-21
14.1.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-21
14.2 折叠模式的时序图................................................................................................................................ M-22
14.2.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-22
14.2.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-22
14.3 三折叠模式的时序图 ............................................................................................................................ M-23
14.3.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-23
14.3.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-23
15. PK-522..................................................................................................................................... M-24
15.1 打孔模式的时序图................................................................................................................................ M-24
15.1.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-24
15.1.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-24
16. LS-506 ..................................................................................................................................... M-25
16.1 直接出纸模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-25
16.1.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-25
16.1.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-25
16.2 移位模式的时序图................................................................................................................................ M-25
16.2.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-25
16.2.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-25
16.3 副纸盘模式的时序图 ............................................................................................................................ M-26
16.3.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-26
16.3.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-26
16.4 耦合模式的时序图................................................................................................................................ M-27
16.4.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-27
16.4.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-27
17. FD-503 .................................................................................................................................... M-28
17.1 内三折模式的时序图 ............................................................................................................................ M-28

17.1.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-28
17.1.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-28
17.2 外三折模式的时序图 ............................................................................................................................ M-29
17.2.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-29
17.2.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-29
17.3 双联折叠模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-30
17.3.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-30
17.3.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-30
17.4 对折模式的时序图................................................................................................................................ M-31
17.4.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-31
17.4.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-31
17.5 对开折叠模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-32
17.5.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-32
17.5.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-32
17.6 Z 形折页模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-33
17.6.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-33
17.6.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-33
17.7 PI 封面纸插页模式的时序图................................................................................................................. M-34
17.7.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-34
17.7.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-34
17.8 打孔模式的时序图................................................................................................................................ M-35
17.8.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-35
17.8.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-35
18. SD-506 .................................................................................................................................... M-36
18.1 直接出纸模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-36
18.1.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-36
18.1.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-36
18.2 副纸盘模式的时序图 ............................................................................................................................ M-37
18.2.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-37
18.2.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-37
18.3 重叠三折叠模式的时序图..................................................................................................................... M-38
18.3.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-38
18.3.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-38
18.4 鞍式装订 ( 裁切器 ) 模式的时序图........................................................................................................ M-40
18.4.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-40
18.4.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-40
19. SD-513..................................................................................................................................... M-42
19.1 直接出纸模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-42
19.1.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-42
19.1.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-42
19.2 副纸盘模式的时序图 ............................................................................................................................ M-42
19.2.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-42
19.2.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-42
19.3 重叠三折叠模式的时序图..................................................................................................................... M-43
19.3.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-43
19.3.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-43
19.4 多张对折模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-44
19.4.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-44
19.4.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-44
19.5 鞍式装订模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-46
19.5.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-46
19.5.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-46
19.6 书脊角形成模式的时序图..................................................................................................................... M-48
19.6.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-48
19.6.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-48
19.7 折缝和裁切模式的时序图..................................................................................................................... M-49
19.7.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-49
19.7.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-49
20. PB-503 .................................................................................................................................... M-50
20.1 副纸盘出纸模式的时序图..................................................................................................................... M-50
20.1.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-50
20.1.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-50
20.2 胶装模式 (PB 供应封面纸 ) 的时序图................................................................................................... M-51
20.2.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-51
20.2.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-51
20.3 胶装模式 ( 主机供应封面纸 ) 的时序图................................................................................................. M-52
20.3.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-52
20.3.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-52

20.4 中继传输模式的时序图......................................................................................................................... M-53
20.4.1 操作条件 ....................................................................................................................................... M-53
20.4.2 时序图........................................................................................................................................... M-53
N. 电路图
N.1 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060, AccurioPrint C2060L
N.1.1 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060, AccurioPrint C2060L (1/4)
N.1.2 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060, AccurioPrint C2060L (2/4)
N.1.3 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060, AccurioPrint C2060L (3/4)
N.1.4 AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060, AccurioPrint C2060L (4/4)
N.2 DF-706
N.3 PF-602m
N.4 PF-707
N.4.1 PF-707 (1/2)
N.4.2 PF-707 (2/2)
N.5 LU-202m
N.6 LU-202XL
N.7 OT-510
N.8 EF-103
N.9 RU-509
N.10 RU-510
N.11 FS-531
N.12 FS-612
N.13 PK-512/513
N.14 PI-502
N.15 FS-532
N.16 SD-510
N.17 PK-522
N.18 LS-506
N.19 FD-503
N.20 SD-506
N.21 SD-513
N.22 CR-101
N.23 TU-503
N.24 FD-504
N.25 PB-503
N.26 GP-501
N.27 GP-502
O. AccurioPress C2070/C2070P/C2060,AccurioPrint C2060L 操作原理 ................ O-1
1. 概述.............................................................................................................................................. O-1
1.1 单元配置 ...................................................................................................................................................O-1
1.2 纸张路径 ...................................................................................................................................................O-1
2. 接口部.......................................................................................................................................... O-2
2.1 配置 ..........................................................................................................................................................O-2
2.1.1 主机右侧 ............................................................................................................................................O-2
2.1.2 主机左侧 ............................................................................................................................................O-2
2.1.3 主机上侧 ............................................................................................................................................O-3
3. 扫描器部 ...................................................................................................................................... O-4
3.1 配置 ..........................................................................................................................................................O-4
3.2 驱动 ..........................................................................................................................................................O-4
3.3 操作 ..........................................................................................................................................................O-5
3.3.1 LED 曝光单元 ....................................................................................................................................O-5
3.3.2 电源开启时.........................................................................................................................................O-5
3.3.3 按下开始键时的控制 ..........................................................................................................................O-5
3.3.4 原稿扫描区域.....................................................................................................................................O-7
3.3.5 原稿尺寸检测控制..............................................................................................................................O-7
3.3.6 图像处理 ............................................................................................................................................O-8
4. 写入部.......................................................................................................................................... O-9
4.1 配置 ..........................................................................................................................................................O-9
4.2 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................O-10
4.2.1 曝光路径 ..........................................................................................................................................O-10
4.2.2 写入控制 ..........................................................................................................................................O-10
4.2.3 写入区域 ..........................................................................................................................................O-11

4.2.4 色彩对位控制...................................................................................................................................O-11
4.2.5 主扫描方向上的正面和背面歪斜校正...............................................................................................O-14
4.2.6 副扫描方向上的背面缩放调整..........................................................................................................O-14
4.2.7 图像稳定控制...................................................................................................................................O-14
5. 光电导体部................................................................................................................................. O-15
5.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................O-15
5.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................O-16
5.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................O-16
5.3.1 消电灯 (EL) 控制..............................................................................................................................O-16
5.3.2 图像稳定控制...................................................................................................................................O-16
6. 充电部........................................................................................................................................ O-17
6.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................O-17
6.2 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................O-17
6.2.1 充电控制 ..........................................................................................................................................O-17
6.2.2 图像稳定控制...................................................................................................................................O-17
7. 显影部........................................................................................................................................ O-18
7.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................O-18
7.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................O-19
7.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................O-19
7.3.1 显影剂传输.......................................................................................................................................O-19
7.3.2 显影偏压 ..........................................................................................................................................O-20
7.3.3 显影进气控制...................................................................................................................................O-20
7.3.4 显影冷却控制...................................................................................................................................O-22
7.3.5 自动提炼显影系统............................................................................................................................O-23
7.3.6 图像稳定控制...................................................................................................................................O-24
8. 碳粉供应部................................................................................................................................. O-25
8.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................O-25
8.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................O-26
8.2.1 碳粉瓶驱动.......................................................................................................................................O-26
8.2.2 碳粉供应驱动...................................................................................................................................O-26
8.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................O-27
8.3.1 碳粉传输设备...................................................................................................................................O-27
8.3.2 碳粉料斗的碳粉供应控制.................................................................................................................O-28
8.3.3 显影单元的碳粉供应控制.................................................................................................................O-28
8.3.4 剩余碳粉量检测控制 ........................................................................................................................O-28
8.3.5 无碳粉状态下打印的停止控制..........................................................................................................O-28
9. 中间转印部................................................................................................................................. O-29
9.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................O-29
9.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................O-30
9.2.1 转印带传输加压驱动 ........................................................................................................................O-30
9.2.2 第二转印加压释放机构.....................................................................................................................O-31
9.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................O-31
9.3.1 转印带传输 , 第一转印辊加压和释放机构 ........................................................................................O-31
9.3.2 第一转印控制...................................................................................................................................O-32
9.3.3 第二转印机构...................................................................................................................................O-32
9.3.4 第二转印控制...................................................................................................................................O-33
9.3.5 分离爪控制.......................................................................................................................................O-34
9.3.6 图像校正单元挡板机构.....................................................................................................................O-35
9.3.7 刮板设置模式控制............................................................................................................................O-36
9.3.8 转印带结膜预防控制 ........................................................................................................................O-36
9.3.9 图像稳定控制...................................................................................................................................O-36
10. 碳粉收集部............................................................................................................................... O-37
10.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................O-37
10.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................O-38
10.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................O-38
10.3.1 碳粉收集控制.................................................................................................................................O-38
10.3.2 废碳粉盒检测控制..........................................................................................................................O-38
10.3.3 废碳粉盒已满检测控制...................................................................................................................O-39
11. 进纸部...................................................................................................................................... O-40
11.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................O-40
11.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................O-41
11.2.1 进纸驱动 ........................................................................................................................................O-41
11.2.2 纸盒升降驱动.................................................................................................................................O-42
11.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................O-42
11.3.1 升降控制 ........................................................................................................................................O-42
11.3.2 纸张尺寸检测控制..........................................................................................................................O-43
11.3.3 进纸控制 ........................................................................................................................................O-45

11.3.4 剩余纸张检测控制..........................................................................................................................O-46
11.3.5 除湿加热器控制 (HT-511 选购件 ) .................................................................................................O-48
12. 垂直传输部............................................................................................................................... O-50
12.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................O-50
12.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................O-50
12.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................O-50
12.3.1 垂直传输控制.................................................................................................................................O-50
13. 对位部...................................................................................................................................... O-52
13.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................O-52
13.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................O-53
13.2.1 对位辊驱动 , 对位辊摆动驱动.........................................................................................................O-53
13.2.2 对位辊加压释放驱动 ......................................................................................................................O-53
13.2.3 波幅辊驱动.....................................................................................................................................O-54
13.2.4 波幅辊加压释放驱动 ......................................................................................................................O-54
13.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................O-54
13.3.1 波幅控制 ........................................................................................................................................O-54
13.3.2 波幅辊加压释放控制 ......................................................................................................................O-55
13.3.3 对位辊加压释放控制 ......................................................................................................................O-56
13.3.4 对中调整控制.................................................................................................................................O-56
13.3.5 对位操作 ........................................................................................................................................O-57
13.3.6 纸张主缘时序调整控制...................................................................................................................O-58
13.3.7 对位速度控制.................................................................................................................................O-58
14. 定影部...................................................................................................................................... O-59
14.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................O-59
14.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................O-60
14.2.1 定影辊驱动.....................................................................................................................................O-60
14.2.2 定影加压释放驱动..........................................................................................................................O-61
14.2.3 定影摆动驱动.................................................................................................................................O-62
14.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................O-62
14.3.1 定影辊驱动控制 .............................................................................................................................O-62
14.3.2 加压释放控制.................................................................................................................................O-64
14.3.3 定影温度控制.................................................................................................................................O-64
14.3.4 故障保护 ........................................................................................................................................O-66
14.3.5 定影辊 / 下冷却控制.......................................................................................................................O-66
14.3.6 定影恢复控制.................................................................................................................................O-67
14.3.7 定影空气分离控制..........................................................................................................................O-67
14.3.8 定影摆动控制.................................................................................................................................O-68
14.3.9 定影控制 ........................................................................................................................................O-69
15. 双面器部 .................................................................................................................................. O-70
15.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................O-70
15.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................O-70
15.2.1 中间传输 ,ADU 传输驱动 ...............................................................................................................O-70
15.2.2 ADU 反转辊驱动............................................................................................................................O-71
15.2.3 中间传输辊加压和释放驱动 ...........................................................................................................O-71
15.2.4 ADU 辊加压和释放驱动 .................................................................................................................O-72
15.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................O-72
15.3.1 中间传输辊加压和释放机构 ...........................................................................................................O-72
15.3.2 ADU 辊加压和释放驱动 .................................................................................................................O-73
15.3.3 纸张反转控制.................................................................................................................................O-74
15.3.4 ADU 传输控制................................................................................................................................O-76
16. 反转和出纸部 ........................................................................................................................... O-77
16.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................O-77
16.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................O-77
16.2.1 反转和出纸传输驱动 1 ...................................................................................................................O-77
16.2.2 反转和出纸传输驱动 2 ...................................................................................................................O-78
16.2.3 出纸驱动 ........................................................................................................................................O-79
16.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................O-79
16.3.1 传输控制 ........................................................................................................................................O-79
16.3.2 反转和出纸时序控制 ......................................................................................................................O-81
16.3.3 出纸去卷辊加压控制 ......................................................................................................................O-82
16.3.4 反转去卷辊加压控制 ......................................................................................................................O-82
17. 充电控制部............................................................................................................................... O-83
17.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................O-83
17.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................O-83
17.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................O-84
17.3.1 传输控制 ........................................................................................................................................O-84
17.3.2 充电控制 ........................................................................................................................................O-84

17.3.3 风扇控制 ........................................................................................................................................O-84
17.3.4 打开关闭检测控制..........................................................................................................................O-85
18. 图像稳定控制 ........................................................................................................................... O-87
18.1 概述 ......................................................................................................................................................O-87
18.2 长校正控制............................................................................................................................................O-87
18.2.1 概述 ...............................................................................................................................................O-87
18.2.2 自动长校正控制 .............................................................................................................................O-87
18.2.3 手动长校正控制 .............................................................................................................................O-88
18.2.4 长校正控制的操作流程...................................................................................................................O-88
18.2.5 使用 RU-509 时的长校正控制和色彩浓度控制 ( 定期调整 ) ...........................................................O-90
18.3 图像之间的稳定控制 .............................................................................................................................O-90
18.3.1 概述 ...............................................................................................................................................O-90
18.3.2 图像之间的点直径校正...................................................................................................................O-91
18.4 中级校正控制........................................................................................................................................O-91
18.4.1 概述 ...............................................................................................................................................O-91
18.4.2 自动中级校正控制..........................................................................................................................O-91
18.4.3 用于测量的中级校正 ......................................................................................................................O-91
18.4.4 中级校正控制的操作流程...............................................................................................................O-92
18.5 其它图像稳定控制.................................................................................................................................O-92
18.5.1 色彩对位校正控制..........................................................................................................................O-92
19. 图像处理部............................................................................................................................... O-93
19.1 扫描器部中的图像处理..........................................................................................................................O-93
19.1.1 扫描器部中的图像处理流程 ...........................................................................................................O-93
19.1.2 CCD 传感器 ,CIS ...........................................................................................................................O-93
19.1.3 A/D 转换 ........................................................................................................................................O-93
19.1.4 遮光校正 ,CIS 校正 ........................................................................................................................O-93
19.1.5 RGB 间隙校正 ...............................................................................................................................O-93
19.1.6 色差校正 ........................................................................................................................................O-93
19.1.7 色彩空间转换.................................................................................................................................O-93
19.1.8 主扫描方向的缩放处理...................................................................................................................O-94
19.1.9 色彩转换 , 字符边缘再生 , 色彩平衡调整 .......................................................................................O-94
19.1.10 区域识别 ......................................................................................................................................O-94
19.1.11 图像区分 ......................................................................................................................................O-94
19.1.12 AE 控制........................................................................................................................................O-94
19.1.13 主和副扫描方向的缩小处理 .........................................................................................................O-94
19.2 写入部中的图像处理 .............................................................................................................................O-94
19.2.1 写入部中的图像处理流程...............................................................................................................O-94
19.2.2 DRAM( 本地 ),DRAM( 系统 ), 硬盘 ................................................................................................O-95
19.2.3 色彩转换 ,ACS 处理.......................................................................................................................O-95
19.2.4 图像压缩 ( 扫描器 ) ........................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.5 图像扩展 ( 扫描器 ) ........................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.6 副扫描方向的缩放处理...................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.7 平均元件 ( 扫描器 ) ........................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.8 图像压缩 (IC-603) ..........................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.9 图像放大 (IC-603,IC-313,IC-415,IC-314).......................................................................................O-96
19.2.10 概要 / 轮廓字母增强.....................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.11 轮廓增强 ......................................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.12 平滑处理 ......................................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.13 碳粉量节省...................................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.14 色彩传感器校正 ...........................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.15 IC-603 校准校正 ( 标准 ) ..............................................................................................................O-96
19.2.16 浓度平衡 ......................................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.17 色阶校正 Gamma ........................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.18 G7 校准校正 ................................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.19 网屏处理 ......................................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.20 2 维位置校正................................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.21 感光鼓之间的延迟控制.................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.22 PWM Gamma..............................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.23 PWM 转换....................................................................................................................................O-96
19.2.24 写入单元 /Y, 写入单元 /M, 写入单元 /C, 写入单元 /K ...................................................................O-96
20. 电源部...................................................................................................................................... O-97
20.1 电源线连接的操作部件..........................................................................................................................O-97
20.1.1 配置 ...............................................................................................................................................O-97
20.1.2 操作 ...............................................................................................................................................O-97
20.2 主电源开关 (SW1) 打开时的操作部件...................................................................................................O-97
20.2.1 配置 ...............................................................................................................................................O-97
20.2.2 操作 ...............................................................................................................................................O-97
20.3 副电源开关 (SW2) 打开时的操作部件...................................................................................................O-98
55

20.3.1 配置 ...............................................................................................................................................O-98
20.3.2 操作 ...............................................................................................................................................O-98
20.4 电源线...................................................................................................................................................O-99
20.4.1 配置 ...............................................................................................................................................O-99
20.5 除湿加热器开关 (SW5) 打开时的操作部件............................................................................................O-99
20.5.1 配置 ...............................................................................................................................................O-99
20.5.2 操作 ...............................................................................................................................................O-99
21. 风扇部.................................................................................................................................... O-100
21.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................O-100
21.2 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................O-101
21.2.1 图像处理冷却风扇 (FM1) 控制 .....................................................................................................O-101
21.2.2 电源冷却风扇 /1(FM2) 控制 .........................................................................................................O-101
21.2.3 电源冷却风扇 /2(FM3), 电源冷却风扇 /3(FM4), 电源冷却风扇 /4(FM5) 控制 ...............................O-101
21.2.4 感光鼓马达冷却风扇 /1(FM6), 感光鼓马达冷却风扇 /2(FM7) 控制...............................................O-101
21.2.5 定影排气扇 (FM8) 控制................................................................................................................O-101
21.2.6 定影带排气扇 (FM9) 控制 ............................................................................................................O-102
21.2.7 定影分离风扇 /1(FM10), 定影分离风扇 /2(FM11), 定影分离风扇 /3(FM12) 控制 .........................O-102
21.2.8 定影进气扇 (FM13) 控制..............................................................................................................O-102
21.2.9 排气扇 / (FM14) 异常...............................................................................................................O-102
21.2.10 排气扇 / (FM15) 控制.............................................................................................................O-102
21.2.11 转印带风扇 (M17) 控制 ..............................................................................................................O-102
21.2.12 PH 冷却风扇 (FM18) 控制..........................................................................................................O-103
21.2.13 折页风扇 /1(FM19), 折页风扇 /2(FM20), 折页风扇 /3(FM21) 控制.............................................O-103
21.2.14 折页风扇 /4(FM35), 折页风扇 /5(FM36).....................................................................................O-103
21.2.15 旋风排气扇 (FM22) 控制............................................................................................................O-103
21.2.16 出纸冷却风扇 /1(FM23), 出纸冷却风扇 /2(FM25) 控制 ..............................................................O-103
21.2.17 ADU 排气扇 (FM24) 控制...........................................................................................................O-104
21.2.18 显影风扇 /1(FM26), 显影风扇 /2(FM27) 和显影风扇 /3(FM28) 控制 ..........................................O-104
21.2.19 ADU 冷却风扇 (FM29) 控制.......................................................................................................O-104
21.2.20 ADU 反转马达风扇 (FM30) 控制................................................................................................O-104
21.2.21 定影辊冷却风扇 /1(FM33) 和定影辊冷却风扇 /2(FM34) 控制.....................................................O-104
22. 计数器部 ................................................................................................................................ O-105
22.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................O-105
22.2 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................O-105
23. ACS 控制 ............................................................................................................................... O-106
23.1 从彩色模式切换至黑白模式 ................................................................................................................O-106
23.1.1 概述 .............................................................................................................................................O-106
23.1.2 从彩色模式至黑白模式的切换序列 ..............................................................................................O-106
23.1.3 从黑白模式至彩色模式的切换序列 ..............................................................................................O-106
23.1.4 从彩色模式至黑白模式的切换时序 ..............................................................................................O-106
23.2 ACS 的计数 ........................................................................................................................................O-106
23.2.1 黑白模式 ( 第一转印辊 /Y, 第一转印辊 /M, 第一转印辊 /C 释放 ) .................................................O-106
23.2.2 彩色模式 ( 第一转印辊 /Y, 第一转印辊 /M, 第一转印辊 /C, 第一转印辊 /K 加压 ) .........................O-106
24. IC-603/ 硬盘 / 升级组件 (UK) ................................................................................................. O-107
24.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................O-107
24.2 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................O-107
24.2.1 IC-603A 的组件 ( 用于 C2070,C2060,C2060L 的选购件 ) ...........................................................O-107
24.2.2 IC-603B 的组件 ( 用于 C2070P 的选购件 ) ..................................................................................O-107
24.2.3 硬盘部组件...................................................................................................................................O-108
24.2.4 UK-104 的组件.............................................................................................................................O-108
24.2.5 UK-214 的组件.............................................................................................................................O-108
25. 认证设备 ................................................................................................................................ O-109
25.1 认证单元 (IC 卡型 :AU-201S)..............................................................................................................O-109
PA. DF-706 操作原理............................................................................................. PA-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................ PA-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PA-1
1.2 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................................PA-1
2. 进纸部........................................................................................................................................ PA-2
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PA-2
2.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PA-2
2.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................PA-2
2.3.1 原稿到位 / 缺纸检测.........................................................................................................................PA-2
2.3.2 原稿尺寸检测机构............................................................................................................................PA-3
2.3.3 输稿盘升降控制 ...............................................................................................................................PA-4
2.3.4 原稿搓纸控制...................................................................................................................................PA-5
2.3.5 双张进纸检测控制............................................................................................................................PA-5

3. 对位部........................................................................................................................................ PA-7
3.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PA-7
3.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PA-7
3.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................PA-7
3.3.1 对位控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PA-7
4. 读取部........................................................................................................................................ PA-9
4.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PA-9
4.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PA-9
4.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................PA-9
4.3.1 读取传送控制...................................................................................................................................PA-9
4.3.2 读取辊加压 / 缩回控制 ...................................................................................................................PA-10
4.3.3 DF 稿台防污控制 ...........................................................................................................................PA-10
4.3.4 CIS 原稿读取控制..........................................................................................................................PA-11
4.3.5 开启电源时的 CIS 控制..................................................................................................................PA-12
4.3.6 加载文档时的 CIS 控制..................................................................................................................PA-12
4.3.7 按下开始键时的 CIS 控制 ..............................................................................................................PA-12
4.3.8 CIS 稿台防污控制..........................................................................................................................PA-13
4.3.9 打开和关闭导板到位检测...............................................................................................................PA-14
5. 出纸部...................................................................................................................................... PA-15
5.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PA-15
5.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PA-15
5.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PA-15
5.3.1 文档出纸机构.................................................................................................................................PA-15
6. 其它.......................................................................................................................................... PA-16
6.1 打开和关闭检测部.................................................................................................................................PA-16
6.1.1 DF 角打开和关闭检测....................................................................................................................PA-16
6.1.2 DF 打开和关闭检测........................................................................................................................PA-16
6.2 风扇控制 ...............................................................................................................................................PA-16
6.2.1 功能 ...............................................................................................................................................PA-16
6.2.2 控制条件 ........................................................................................................................................PA-16
PB. PF-602m/HT-504/505 操作原理...................................................................... PB-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................ PB-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PB-1
1.2 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................................PB-2
2. 进纸吸气部................................................................................................................................. PB-3
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PB-3
2.2 驱动 .......................................................................................................................................................PB-4
2.2.1 纸盒提升驱动...................................................................................................................................PB-4
2.2.2 进纸驱动 ..........................................................................................................................................PB-4
2.2.3 拾纸驱动 ..........................................................................................................................................PB-5
2.3 操作 .......................................................................................................................................................PB-5
2.3.1 升降控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PB-5
2.3.2 尺寸检测控制...................................................................................................................................PB-5
2.3.3 拾纸机构 ..........................................................................................................................................PB-7
2.3.4 分离机构 ..........................................................................................................................................PB-7
2.3.5 空气辅助机构...................................................................................................................................PB-8
2.3.6 缺纸检测控制...................................................................................................................................PB-9
2.3.7 剩余纸张检测控制............................................................................................................................PB-9
2.3.8 纸盒锁定控制.................................................................................................................................PB-10
3. 传输部...................................................................................................................................... PB-11
3.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PB-11
3.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PB-12
3.3 操作 .....................................................................................................................................................PB-12
3.3.1 预对位控制.....................................................................................................................................PB-12
3.3.2 传输控制 ........................................................................................................................................PB-12
3.3.3 多张进纸检测控制..........................................................................................................................PB-13
4. 其它.......................................................................................................................................... PB-14
4.1 除湿加热器控制 ....................................................................................................................................PB-14
4.2 纸盒减震机构........................................................................................................................................PB-14
4.3 主机辅助机构 .......................................................................................................................................PB-14
4.3.1 过滤器更换组件固定机构...............................................................................................................PB-14
4.3.2 过滤器更换组件通风机构...............................................................................................................PB-15
5. HT-504/505( 选购件 ) .............................................................................................................. PB-16
5.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PB-16
5.2 操作 .....................................................................................................................................................PB-16
5.2.1 除湿风扇加热器控制 ......................................................................................................................PB-16

PC. PF-707/HT-506 操作原理................................................................................ PC-1
1. 概述 ........................................................................................................................................... PC-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................ PC-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................ PC-1
2. 进纸盒部 ................................................................................................................................... PC-2
2.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PC-2
2.2 驱动 ...................................................................................................................................................... PC-3
2.2.1 纸盒提升驱动.................................................................................................................................. PC-3
2.2.2 侧面导板挡板驱动........................................................................................................................... PC-3
2.2.3 纸张主缘挡板驱动........................................................................................................................... PC-4
2.2.4 进纸驱动 ......................................................................................................................................... PC-4
2.3 操作 ...................................................................................................................................................... PC-5
2.3.1 升降控制 ......................................................................................................................................... PC-5
2.3.2 尺寸检测控制.................................................................................................................................. PC-5
2.3.3 空气控制 ......................................................................................................................................... PC-6
2.3.4 缺纸检测控制................................................................................................................................ PC-11
2.3.5 剩余纸张检测控制......................................................................................................................... PC-11
2.3.6 纸盒锁定控制................................................................................................................................ PC-11
3. 进纸吸气部 ..............................................................................................................................PC-12
3.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PC-12
3.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PC-12
3.2.1 进纸驱动 ....................................................................................................................................... PC-12
3.2.2 进纸吸气驱动................................................................................................................................ PC-13
3.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PC-13
3.3.1 吸气控制 ....................................................................................................................................... PC-13
3.3.2 进纸皮带控制................................................................................................................................ PC-13
4. 垂直传输部...............................................................................................................................PC-15
4.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PC-15
4.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PC-16
4.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PC-16
4.3.1 垂直传输控制................................................................................................................................ PC-16
5. 水平传输部 ..............................................................................................................................PC-17
5.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PC-17
5.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PC-17
5.2.1 水平传输驱动................................................................................................................................ PC-17
5.2.2 水平传输辊加压释放驱动.............................................................................................................. PC-18
5.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PC-18
5.3.1 预对位控制.................................................................................................................................... PC-18
5.3.2 水平传输控制................................................................................................................................ PC-18
5.3.3 水平传输辊加压释放控制.............................................................................................................. PC-18
5.3.4 多张进纸检测控制......................................................................................................................... PC-19
6. 其它 ......................................................................................................................................... PC-20
6.1 内部加热器控制 ................................................................................................................................... PC-20
6.2 主机辅助机构 ...................................................................................................................................... PC-20
6.2.1 机器内部冷却机构......................................................................................................................... PC-20
7. HT-506( 选购件 ) ..................................................................................................................... PC-21
7.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PC-21
7.2 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PC-21
7.2.1 除湿风扇加热器控制 ..................................................................................................................... PC-21
PD. LU-202m/LU-202XL/HT-503/HT-514 操作原理............................................... PD-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................ PD-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................ PD-1
1.1.1 LU-202m......................................................................................................................................... PD-1
1.1.2 LU-202XL ....................................................................................................................................... PD-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................ PD-1
1.2.1 LU-202m......................................................................................................................................... PD-1
1.2.2 LU-202XL ....................................................................................................................................... PD-2
2. 进纸部 ....................................................................................................................................... PD-3
2.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PD-3
2.2 驱动 ...................................................................................................................................................... PD-3
2.2.1 进纸驱动 ......................................................................................................................................... PD-3
2.2.2 拾纸驱动 ......................................................................................................................................... PD-4
2.3 操作 ...................................................................................................................................................... PD-4
2.3.1 进纸控制 ......................................................................................................................................... PD-4
2.3.2 缺纸检测控制.................................................................................................................................. PD-7

2.3.3 剩余纸张检测控制........................................................................................................................... PD-8
2.3.4 尺寸检测控制.................................................................................................................................. PD-9
2.3.5 多张进纸检测控制 (LU-202XL) ....................................................................................................... PD-9
3. 升降部...................................................................................................................................... PD-11
3.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PD-11
3.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PD-11
3.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PD-12
3.3.1 升降控制 (LU-202m) ..................................................................................................................... PD-12
3.3.2 升降控制 (LU-202XL).................................................................................................................... PD-12
4. 其它.......................................................................................................................................... PD-14
4.1 除湿加热器控制 ................................................................................................................................... PD-14
4.2 联锁开关控制....................................................................................................................................... PD-14
5. HT-503/HT-514( 选购件 )......................................................................................................... PD-15
5.1 配置 (HT-503) ...................................................................................................................................... PD-15
5.2 配置 (HT-514) ...................................................................................................................................... PD-15
5.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PD-15
5.3.1 除湿风扇加热器控制 ..................................................................................................................... PD-15
6. MK-746( 选购件 ) ..................................................................................................................... PD-17
6.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PD-17
6.2 概述 ..................................................................................................................................................... PD-17
PE. MB-506 操作原理 ............................................................................................ PE-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................ PE-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PE-1
1.2 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................................PE-1
2. 进纸部........................................................................................................................................ PE-2
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PE-2
2.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PE-2
2.2.1 进纸驱动 ..........................................................................................................................................PE-2
2.2.2 升降驱动 ..........................................................................................................................................PE-3
2.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................PE-3
2.3.1 升降控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PE-3
2.3.2 纸张尺寸检测控制............................................................................................................................PE-3
2.3.3 进纸控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PE-3
2.3.4 缺纸控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PE-4
2.3.5 剩余纸张检测控制............................................................................................................................PE-4
PF. MK-744C 操作原理...........................................................................................PF-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................ PF-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PF-1
2. 状态指示灯部 ............................................................................................................................. PF-2
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PF-2
2.2 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................PF-2
2.2.1 灯光控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PF-2
2.2.2 连接规格 ..........................................................................................................................................PF-3
PG. OT-510 操作原理 ............................................................................................ PG-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................PG-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................ PG-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................ PG-1
2. 纸张传输部.................................................................................................................................PG-3
2.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PG-3
2.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PG-3
2.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................... PG-4
2.3.1 线速切换控制.................................................................................................................................. PG-4
3. 主纸盘部 ....................................................................................................................................PG-5
3.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PG-5
3.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PG-5
3.2.1 主纸盘升降驱动 .............................................................................................................................. PG-5
3.2.2 出纸辊 / 出纸开口驱动 .................................................................................................................... PG-6
3.2.3 夹持器 / 出纸加压驱动 .................................................................................................................... PG-6
3.2.4 出纸对齐板驱动 .............................................................................................................................. PG-7
3.2.5 主纸盘移位驱动 .............................................................................................................................. PG-8
3.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................... PG-8
3.3.1 出纸开口控制.................................................................................................................................. PG-8

3.3.2 夹持器控制...................................................................................................................................... PG-9
3.3.3 纸张加压控制................................................................................................................................ PG-10
3.3.4 主纸盘升 / 降控制.......................................................................................................................... PG-10
3.3.5 出纸对齐控制................................................................................................................................ PG-11
3.3.6 主纸盘移位控制 ............................................................................................................................ PG-12
PH. OT-511 操作原理 ............................................................................................ PH-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................ PH-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................ PH-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................ PH-1
2. 传输部........................................................................................................................................ PH-2
2.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PH-2
2.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PH-2
2.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................... PH-2
2.3.1 传输控制 ......................................................................................................................................... PH-2
2.3.2 纸盘已满检测控制........................................................................................................................... PH-2
3. 传输门部 .................................................................................................................................... PH-3
3.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PH-3
3.2 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................... PH-3
3.2.1 传输门打开关闭控制 ....................................................................................................................... PH-3
PI. EF-103 操作原理 ................................................................................................PI-1
1. 概述..............................................................................................................................................PI-1
1.1 C2070,C2070P,C2060 和 EF-103 之间定影单元的区分方法................................................................... PI-1
1.2 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................. PI-1
1.3 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................................. PI-1
2. 定影部..........................................................................................................................................PI-3
2.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................... PI-3
2.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................... PI-4
2.2.1 定影辊驱动........................................................................................................................................ PI-4
2.2.2 定影加压释放驱动............................................................................................................................. PI-4
2.2.3 定影摆动驱动.................................................................................................................................... PI-4
2.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................... PI-4
2.3.1 定影辊驱动控制 ................................................................................................................................ PI-4
2.3.2 加压 / 释放控制 ................................................................................................................................. PI-4
2.3.3 定影温度控制.................................................................................................................................... PI-5
2.3.4 故障保护 ........................................................................................................................................... PI-6
2.3.5 定影辊 / 下冷却控制.......................................................................................................................... PI-6
2.3.6 定影恢复控制.................................................................................................................................... PI-6
2.3.7 定影空气分离控制............................................................................................................................. PI-6
2.3.8 定影摆动控制.................................................................................................................................... PI-7
3. 进纸辅助部...................................................................................................................................PI-8
3.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................... PI-8
3.2 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................... PI-8
PJ. MK-740 操作原理.............................................................................................. PJ-1
1. 概述.............................................................................................................................................PJ-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................. PJ-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................. PJ-1
1.2.1 主机 +MB-506+OT-511+MK-740 的纸张路径.................................................................................. PJ-1
1.2.2 主机 +LU-202XL+OT-511+MK-740 的纸张路径 .............................................................................. PJ-2
1.2.3 主机 +MB-531+FS-531/612+MK-740 的纸张路径 ........................................................................... PJ-2
1.2.4 主机 +MB-506+LU-202XL+FS-532/OT-510+MK-740 的纸张路径................................................... PJ-3
PK. RU-509/HM-102 操作原理............................................................................... PK-1
1. 概述 ........................................................................................................................................... PK-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PK-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................PK-2
1.2.1 直接传输 / 去卷传输 / 增湿传输模式 ................................................................................................PK-2
2. 入口传输部 ................................................................................................................................ PK-3
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PK-3
2.2 驱动 .......................................................................................................................................................PK-3
2.2.1 传输驱动 ..........................................................................................................................................PK-3
2.2.2 增湿部门驱动...................................................................................................................................PK-4
2.3 操作 .......................................................................................................................................................PK-4

2.3.1 传输控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PK-4
2.3.2 增湿部门控制...................................................................................................................................PK-5
3. 去卷部 ....................................................................................................................................... PK-6
3.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PK-6
3.2 驱动 .......................................................................................................................................................PK-7
3.2.1 去卷部传输驱动 ...............................................................................................................................PK-7
3.2.2 去卷门 /1 和 /2 驱动 .........................................................................................................................PK-8
3.2.3 去卷门 /3 和 /4 加压驱动 ..................................................................................................................PK-8
3.3 操作 .......................................................................................................................................................PK-9
3.3.1 去卷装置概述...................................................................................................................................PK-9
3.3.2 去卷部传输控制 .............................................................................................................................PK-14
3.3.3 去卷装置 /1 和 /2 控制....................................................................................................................PK-14
3.3.4 去卷装置 /3 和 /4 控制....................................................................................................................PK-14
4. 输出纸张浓度检测部 ............................................................................................................... PK-15
4.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PK-15
4.2 驱动 .....................................................................................................................................................PK-16
4.2.1 传输驱动 ........................................................................................................................................PK-16
4.2.2 挡板驱动 ........................................................................................................................................PK-16
4.3 操作 .....................................................................................................................................................PK-17
4.3.1 概述 ...............................................................................................................................................PK-17
4.3.2 输出纸张浓度检测部 ......................................................................................................................PK-19
5. 出纸部 ..................................................................................................................................... PK-20
5.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PK-20
5.2 驱动 .....................................................................................................................................................PK-21
5.2.1 出纸传输驱动.................................................................................................................................PK-21
5.3 操作 .....................................................................................................................................................PK-22
5.3.1 出纸传输控制.................................................................................................................................PK-22
6. 增湿部 (HM-102) ..................................................................................................................... PK-25
6.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PK-25
6.2 驱动 .....................................................................................................................................................PK-26
6.2.1 增湿部入口传输驱动 ......................................................................................................................PK-26
6.2.2 增湿部传输驱动 .............................................................................................................................PK-26
6.2.3 增湿辊加压驱动 (HM-102) .............................................................................................................PK-27
6.2.4 注水泵驱动.....................................................................................................................................PK-27
6.3 操作 .....................................................................................................................................................PK-27
6.3.1 增湿部概述.....................................................................................................................................PK-27
6.3.2 增湿部传输控制 .............................................................................................................................PK-28
6.3.3 增湿辊 / 注水辊加压控制................................................................................................................PK-29
6.3.4 注水控制 ........................................................................................................................................PK-32
7. 其它控制 ................................................................................................................................. PK-34
7.1 风扇控制 ..............................................................................................................................................PK-34
7.1.1 配置 ...............................................................................................................................................PK-34
7.1.2 控制 ...............................................................................................................................................PK-34
7.2 门检测控制............................................................................................................................................PK-35
PL. RU-510 操作原理..............................................................................................PL-1
1. 概述.............................................................................................................................................PL-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................. PL-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................. PL-1
1.2.1 直接传输 .......................................................................................................................................... PL-1
1.2.2 反转出纸传输................................................................................................................................... PL-2
2. 传输部.........................................................................................................................................PL-3
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................ PL-3
2.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................ PL-3
2.2.1 传输驱动 .......................................................................................................................................... PL-3
2.2.2 直接出纸门驱动 ...............................................................................................................................PL-4
2.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................ PL-4
2.3.1 传输路径切换控制............................................................................................................................ PL-4
2.3.2 进纸机构 .......................................................................................................................................... PL-5
2.3.3 线速切换控制................................................................................................................................... PL-5
2.3.4 传输控制 .......................................................................................................................................... PL-5
3. 堆叠器部 .....................................................................................................................................PL-8
3.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................ PL-8
3.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................ PL-8
3.2.1 辅助导板驱动................................................................................................................................... PL-8
3.2.2 CD 对齐驱动.................................................................................................................................... PL-9
3.2.3 FD 对齐驱动 .................................................................................................................................... PL-9

3.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................ PL-9
3.3.1 传输路径切换控制............................................................................................................................ PL-9
3.3.2 水平对齐控制................................................................................................................................. PL-10
3.3.3 垂直对齐控制................................................................................................................................. PL-11
3.3.4 反转出纸控制................................................................................................................................. PL-13
3.3.5 堆叠辅助风扇控制.......................................................................................................................... PL-15
PM. FS-531 操作原理 ............................................................................................PM-1
1. 概述 ...........................................................................................................................................PM-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................ PM-1
1.2 纸张路径 ............................................................................................................................................... PM-1
1.2.1 不分页 / 分页 / 分组模式.................................................................................................................. PM-1
1.2.2 副纸盘模式...................................................................................................................................... PM-2
1.2.3 装订模式 ......................................................................................................................................... PM-3
2. 传输部 .......................................................................................................................................PM-4
2.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PM-4
2.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PM-5
2.3 操作 ...................................................................................................................................................... PM-5
2.3.1 打孔对位控制 ( 仅当安装 PK 时 ) .................................................................................................... PM-5
2.3.2 FS 传输控制.................................................................................................................................... PM-6
2.3.3 门驱动控制...................................................................................................................................... PM-6
2.3.4 旁路门控制...................................................................................................................................... PM-7
2.3.5 移位控制 ......................................................................................................................................... PM-8
2.3.6 出纸辊控制...................................................................................................................................... PM-9
2.3.7 出纸口电磁铁控制........................................................................................................................... PM-9
2.3.8 出纸开口控制................................................................................................................................ PM-10
2.3.9 副纸盘出纸控制 ............................................................................................................................ PM-10
3. 主纸盘部 .................................................................................................................................PM-11
3.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PM-11
3.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PM-11
3.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PM-12
3.3.1 纸盘升降控制................................................................................................................................ PM-12
4. 堆叠器部 .................................................................................................................................PM-14
4.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PM-14
4.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PM-14
4.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PM-15
4.3.1 对齐控制 ....................................................................................................................................... PM-15
4.3.2 止动器控制.................................................................................................................................... PM-15
4.3.3 堆叠器入口传输控制 ..................................................................................................................... PM-16
4.3.4 堆叠器出纸控制 ............................................................................................................................ PM-17
5. 装订器部 .................................................................................................................................PM-18
5.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PM-18
5.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PM-18
5.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PM-18
5.3.1 装订器移动控制 ............................................................................................................................ PM-18
5.3.2 装订器控制.................................................................................................................................... PM-19
PN. FS-612 操作原理............................................................................................. PN-1
1. 概述 ........................................................................................................................................... PN-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................ PN-1
1.2 纸张路径 ............................................................................................................................................... PN-1
1.2.1 不分页 / 分页 / 分组模式.................................................................................................................. PN-1
1.2.2 副纸盘模式...................................................................................................................................... PN-2
1.2.3 装订模式 ......................................................................................................................................... PN-3
1.2.4 对折 / 鞍式装订模式........................................................................................................................ PN-3
1.2.5 三折叠模式...................................................................................................................................... PN-4
2. 传输部 ....................................................................................................................................... PN-5
2.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PN-5
2.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PN-6
2.3 操作 ...................................................................................................................................................... PN-6
2.3.1 打孔对位控制 ( 仅当安装 PK 时 ) .................................................................................................... PN-6
2.3.2 FS 传输控制.................................................................................................................................... PN-7
2.3.3 门驱动控制...................................................................................................................................... PN-7
2.3.4 旁路门控制...................................................................................................................................... PN-8
2.3.5 移位控制 ......................................................................................................................................... PN-9
2.3.6 出纸辊控制.................................................................................................................................... PN-10

2.3.7 出纸口电磁铁控制......................................................................................................................... PN-10
2.3.8 出纸开口控制................................................................................................................................ PN-11
2.3.9 副纸盘出纸控制 ............................................................................................................................ PN-12
3. 主纸盘部 ................................................................................................................................. PN-13
3.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PN-13
3.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PN-13
3.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PN-14
3.3.1 纸盘升降控制................................................................................................................................ PN-14
4. 堆叠器部 ................................................................................................................................. PN-16
4.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PN-16
4.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PN-17
4.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PN-17
4.3.1 对齐 / 上控制................................................................................................................................. PN-17
4.3.2 对齐 / 下控制................................................................................................................................. PN-18
4.3.3 止动器控制.................................................................................................................................... PN-18
4.3.4 堆叠器入口传输控制 ..................................................................................................................... PN-20
4.3.5 堆叠器出纸控制 ............................................................................................................................ PN-22
5. 装订器部 ................................................................................................................................. PN-24
5.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PN-24
5.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PN-24
5.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PN-25
5.3.1 装订器移动控制 ............................................................................................................................ PN-25
5.3.2 装订器控制.................................................................................................................................... PN-26
6. 对折 / 鞍式装订 / 三折叠部 ...................................................................................................... PN-28
6.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PN-28
6.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PN-28
6.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PN-29
6.3.1 折叠刀控制.................................................................................................................................... PN-29
6.3.2 折叠传输控制................................................................................................................................ PN-29
6.3.3 三折叠门控制................................................................................................................................ PN-30
PO. PK-512/513 操作原理 ..................................................................................... PO-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................PO-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................ PO-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................ PO-1
2. 打孔部........................................................................................................................................PO-2
2.1 组成 ....................................................................................................................................................... PO-2
2.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PO-2
2.2.1 打孔移位驱动.................................................................................................................................. PO-2
2.2.2 打孔驱动 ......................................................................................................................................... PO-3
2.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................... PO-5
2.3.1 打孔备位移动控制........................................................................................................................... PO-5
2.3.2 打孔位置校正控制........................................................................................................................... PO-5
2.3.3 打孔控制 ......................................................................................................................................... PO-6
3. 打孔废料盒部 .............................................................................................................................PO-9
3.1 组成 ....................................................................................................................................................... PO-9
3.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PO-9
3.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................... PO-9
3.3.1 打孔废料盒控制 .............................................................................................................................. PO-9
PP. PI-502 操作原理 .............................................................................................. PP-1
1. 概述 ........................................................................................................................................... PP-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PP-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................PP-1
1.2.1 自动进纸 ( 联机操作 ).......................................................................................................................PP-1
1.2.2 手送进纸 ( 脱机操作 ).......................................................................................................................PP-1
2. 进纸部 ....................................................................................................................................... PP-2
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PP-2
2.2 驱动 .......................................................................................................................................................PP-2
2.2.1 进纸驱动 ..........................................................................................................................................PP-2
2.2.2 纸盒提升驱动...................................................................................................................................PP-3
2.3 操作 .......................................................................................................................................................PP-3
2.3.1 纸盘提升机构...................................................................................................................................PP-3
2.3.2 拾纸机构 ..........................................................................................................................................PP-3
2.3.3 分离机构 ..........................................................................................................................................PP-4
2.3.4 对位控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PP-4

2.3.5 纸张尺寸检测控制............................................................................................................................PP-5
PQ. FS-532 操作原理............................................................................................. PQ-1
1. 单元配置 ....................................................................................................................................PQ-1
2. 纸张路径 ....................................................................................................................................PQ-2
3. 纸张传输部.................................................................................................................................PQ-3
3.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PQ-3
3.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PQ-4
3.2.1 FNS 入口辊驱动 / 传输门驱动......................................................................................................... PQ-4
3.2.2 旁路传输辊 / 堆叠器入口辊驱动...................................................................................................... PQ-4
3.2.3 副纸盘传输辊 /PK 出纸辊 / 堆叠器传输辊驱动................................................................................ PQ-5
3.2.4 副纸盘出纸辊 / 水平传输辊驱动...................................................................................................... PQ-5
3.2.5 旁路门驱动...................................................................................................................................... PQ-6
3.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................... PQ-6
3.3.1 线速切换控制.................................................................................................................................. PQ-6
3.3.2 传输路径切换控制........................................................................................................................... PQ-6
4. 副纸盘部 ....................................................................................................................................PQ-9
4.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PQ-9
4.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PQ-9
4.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................... PQ-9
4.3.1 副纸盘出纸控制 .............................................................................................................................. PQ-9
4.3.2 副纸盘纸张已满检测控制.............................................................................................................. PQ-10
5. 堆叠器部 ..................................................................................................................................PQ-11
5.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PQ-11
5.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PQ-11
5.2.1 堆叠器入口辊加压释放驱动 .......................................................................................................... PQ-11
5.2.2 收卷叶片加压释放 / 收卷叶片驱动 ................................................................................................ PQ-12
5.2.3 堆叠辅助板驱动 ............................................................................................................................ PQ-13
5.2.4 对齐板 / 后部止动器驱动 / 纸叠出纸卡爪驱动............................................................................... PQ-13
5.2.5 纸张加压驱动................................................................................................................................ PQ-14
5.3 操作 ..................................................................................................................................................... PQ-14
5.3.1 纸张重叠控制................................................................................................................................ PQ-14
5.3.2 堆叠器入口辊加压释放控制 .......................................................................................................... PQ-16
5.3.3 堆叠辅助控制................................................................................................................................ PQ-16
5.3.4 纸张止动器控制 ............................................................................................................................ PQ-17
5.3.5 后部止动器位置控制 ..................................................................................................................... PQ-18
5.3.6 纸张加压控制................................................................................................................................ PQ-18
5.3.7 水平对齐控制................................................................................................................................ PQ-19
5.3.8 垂直对齐控制................................................................................................................................ PQ-20
5.3.9 小尺寸纸张出纸辅助控制.............................................................................................................. PQ-21
6. 装订器部 ..................................................................................................................................PQ-22
6.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PQ-22
6.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PQ-22
6.2.1 装订器移动 / 旋转控制 .................................................................................................................. PQ-22
6.3 操作 ..................................................................................................................................................... PQ-22
6.3.1 装订器移动控制 ............................................................................................................................ PQ-22
6.3.2 装订控制 ....................................................................................................................................... PQ-23
7. 主纸盘部 ..................................................................................................................................PQ-24
7.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PQ-24
7.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PQ-25
7.2.1 主纸盘升降驱动 ............................................................................................................................ PQ-25
7.2.2 出纸辊 / 出纸开口驱动 .................................................................................................................. PQ-25
7.2.3 夹持器 / 出纸加压驱动 .................................................................................................................. PQ-26
7.2.4 出纸对齐板驱动 ............................................................................................................................ PQ-27
7.2.5 主纸盘移位驱动 ............................................................................................................................ PQ-27
7.3 操作 ..................................................................................................................................................... PQ-27
7.3.1 出纸开口控制................................................................................................................................ PQ-27
7.3.2 夹持器控制.................................................................................................................................... PQ-28
7.3.3 纸张加压控制................................................................................................................................ PQ-29
7.3.4 主纸盘升 / 降控制.......................................................................................................................... PQ-29
7.3.5 出纸对齐控制................................................................................................................................ PQ-30
7.3.6 主纸盘移位控制 ............................................................................................................................ PQ-31
PR. SD-510 操作原理 ............................................................................................ PR-1
1. 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................... PR-1
2. 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................... PR-2

2.1 对折 / 鞍式装订 ...................................................................................................................................... PR-2
2.2 三折叠.................................................................................................................................................... PR-3
3. 纸张传输部................................................................................................................................. PR-4
3.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PR-4
3.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PR-4
3.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................... PR-4
3.3.1 SD 入口传输 ................................................................................................................................... PR-4
4. 对齐部........................................................................................................................................ PR-5
4.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PR-5
4.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PR-6
4.2.1 叶片 / 中央驱动 ............................................................................................................................... PR-6
4.2.2 后部止动器 / 后部夹持器驱动.......................................................................................................... PR-6
4.2.3 叶片 / 下位驱动 ............................................................................................................................... PR-7
4.2.4 对齐板驱动...................................................................................................................................... PR-7
4.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................... PR-7
4.3.1 纸张止动器控制机构 ....................................................................................................................... PR-7
4.3.2 后部止动器机构 .............................................................................................................................. PR-8
4.3.3 对齐机构 ......................................................................................................................................... PR-9
4.3.4 对齐控制 ....................................................................................................................................... PR-10
5. 装订器部 .................................................................................................................................. PR-13
5.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PR-13
5.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PR-13
5.3 操作 ..................................................................................................................................................... PR-13
5.3.1 装订器移动控制 ............................................................................................................................ PR-13
5.3.2 装订控制 ....................................................................................................................................... PR-14
6. 对折 / 折叠并装订 / 三折叠部.................................................................................................... PR-16
6.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PR-16
6.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PR-16
6.2.1 折叠辊驱动.................................................................................................................................... PR-16
6.2.2 第一折叠刀驱动 ............................................................................................................................ PR-17
6.2.3 第二折叠刀驱动 ............................................................................................................................ PR-17
6.2.4 第二折叠门驱动 ............................................................................................................................ PR-17
6.3 操作 ..................................................................................................................................................... PR-18
6.3.1 第一折叠刀控制 ............................................................................................................................ PR-18
6.3.2 对折 / 鞍式装订传输控制............................................................................................................... PR-18
6.3.3 第二折叠门控制 ............................................................................................................................ PR-19
6.3.4 第二折叠刀控制 ............................................................................................................................ PR-20
6.3.5 三折叠传输控制 ............................................................................................................................ PR-20
7. 出纸部...................................................................................................................................... PR-22
7.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PR-22
7.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PR-22
7.3 操作 ..................................................................................................................................................... PR-22
7.3.1 出纸控制 ....................................................................................................................................... PR-22
7.3.2 出纸盘提升控制 ............................................................................................................................ PR-22
PS. PK-522 操作原理............................................................................................. PS-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................ PS-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PS-1
1.2 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................................PS-1
2. 打孔部........................................................................................................................................ PS-2
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PS-2
2.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PS-2
2.2.1 打孔移位驱动...................................................................................................................................PS-2
2.2.2 打孔驱动 ..........................................................................................................................................PS-2
2.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................PS-3
2.3.1 打孔就绪位置移动控制.....................................................................................................................PS-3
2.3.2 打孔位置校正控制............................................................................................................................PS-4
2.3.3 打孔控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PS-4
3. 打孔废料盒部 ........................................................................................................................... PS-13
3.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PS-13
3.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PS-13
3.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PS-13
3.3.1 打孔废料掉落.................................................................................................................................PS-13
3.3.2 打孔废料盒控制 .............................................................................................................................PS-13
PT. MK-732 操作原理 .............................................................................................PT-1

1. 概述............................................................................................................................................ PT-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PT-1
1.2 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................................PT-1
2. 传输部........................................................................................................................................ PT-2
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PT-2
2.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PT-2
2.2.1 传输驱动 ..........................................................................................................................................PT-2
2.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................PT-2
2.3.1 传输控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PT-2
PU. LS-506 操作原理............................................................................................. PU-1
1. 概述 ........................................................................................................................................... PU-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................ PU-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................ PU-2
2. 耦合传输部 ................................................................................................................................ PU-3
2.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PU-3
2.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PU-3
2.3 操作 ...................................................................................................................................................... PU-3
2.3.1 门打开 / 关闭机构............................................................................................................................ PU-3
2.3.2 卡纸释放杆锁定机构 ....................................................................................................................... PU-3
3. 入口传输部 ................................................................................................................................ PU-4
3.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PU-4
3.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................... PU-4
3.3 操作 ...................................................................................................................................................... PU-4
3.3.1 路径切换 ......................................................................................................................................... PU-4
3.3.2 传输线路速度控制........................................................................................................................... PU-6
3.3.3 纸张冷却机构.................................................................................................................................. PU-6
4. 传输部 ....................................................................................................................................... PU-7
4.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................... PU-7
4.2 驱动 ...................................................................................................................................................... PU-8
4.2.1 入口传输驱动.................................................................................................................................. PU-8
4.2.2 堆叠器纸盘传输驱动 (M3 反转 )...................................................................................................... PU-8
4.2.3 副纸盘传输驱动 (M3 正转 ) ............................................................................................................. PU-9
4.2.4 耦合传输 / 纸夹带 / 压纸臂驱动....................................................................................................... PU-9
4.2.5 堆叠器纸盘升降驱动 ..................................................................................................................... PU-10
4.2.6 移位单元 / 对齐板驱动 .................................................................................................................. PU-10
4.2.7 后部止动器 / 作业区分板驱动........................................................................................................ PU-11
4.2.8 前部止动器 / 压纸臂驱动............................................................................................................... PU-11
4.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PU-11
4.3.1 堆叠器纸盘传输 ............................................................................................................................ PU-11
4.3.2 耦合传输 ....................................................................................................................................... PU-16
4.3.3 副纸盘传输.................................................................................................................................... PU-16
PV. FD-503 操作原理............................................................................................. PV-1
1. 概述 ........................................................................................................................................... PV-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PV-1
1.2 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................................PV-2
2. 传输部 ..................................................................................................................................... PV-10
2.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PV-10
2.2 驱动 .....................................................................................................................................................PV-11
2.2.1 传输驱动 ........................................................................................................................................PV-11
2.2.2 门驱动............................................................................................................................................PV-12
2.2.3 对齐驱动 ........................................................................................................................................PV-12
2.3 操作 .....................................................................................................................................................PV-13
2.3.1 传输路径切换.................................................................................................................................PV-13
2.3.2 传输线路速度控制..........................................................................................................................PV-16
2.3.3 对齐控制 ........................................................................................................................................PV-16
2.3.4 间距恢复控制.................................................................................................................................PV-17
3. 打孔部 ..................................................................................................................................... PV-19
3.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PV-19
3.2 驱动 .....................................................................................................................................................PV-19
3.2.1 后对位驱动.....................................................................................................................................PV-19
3.2.2 打孔驱动 ........................................................................................................................................PV-20
3.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PV-20
4. 折叠传输部 .............................................................................................................................. PV-21
4.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PV-21

4.2 驱动 .....................................................................................................................................................PV-21
4.2.1 传输驱动 ........................................................................................................................................PV-21
4.2.2 折叠驱动 ........................................................................................................................................PV-22
4.3 操作 .....................................................................................................................................................PV-22
4.3.1 对位控制 ........................................................................................................................................PV-22
4.3.2 传输路径切换.................................................................................................................................PV-23
4.3.3 第一折叠控制.................................................................................................................................PV-23
4.3.4 第二折叠控制.................................................................................................................................PV-24
4.3.5 第三折叠控制.................................................................................................................................PV-26
5. 主纸盘部 ................................................................................................................................. PV-28
5.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PV-28
5.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PV-29
5.3 操作 .....................................................................................................................................................PV-29
5.3.1 主纸盘升降控制 .............................................................................................................................PV-29
6. 副纸盘部 ................................................................................................................................. PV-31
6.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PV-31
6.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PV-31
6.3 操作 .....................................................................................................................................................PV-31
6.3.1 副纸盘已满状态检测控制...............................................................................................................PV-31
6.3.2 线速切换 ........................................................................................................................................PV-32
7. PI 部 ........................................................................................................................................ PV-33
7.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PV-33
7.2 驱动 .....................................................................................................................................................PV-33
7.2.1 纸盒提升驱动.................................................................................................................................PV-33
7.2.2 进纸驱动 ........................................................................................................................................PV-34
7.2.3 拾纸驱动 ........................................................................................................................................PV-34
7.3 操作 .....................................................................................................................................................PV-34
7.3.1 尺寸检测控制.................................................................................................................................PV-34
7.3.2 升降控制 ........................................................................................................................................PV-35
7.3.3 拾纸机构 ........................................................................................................................................PV-36
7.3.4 分离机构 ........................................................................................................................................PV-36
7.3.5 多张进纸检测控制..........................................................................................................................PV-37
7.3.6 缺纸检测控制.................................................................................................................................PV-37
PW. SD-506 操作原理........................................................................................... PW-1
1. 概述 .......................................................................................................................................... PW-1
1.1 单元配置 ................................................................................................................................................PW-1
1.2 纸张路径 ................................................................................................................................................PW-1
2. 水平传输部 ............................................................................................................................... PW-5
2.1 配置 .......................................................................................................................................................PW-5
2.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PW-5
2.2.1 入口传输驱动..................................................................................................................................PW-5
2.2.2 水平传输驱动..................................................................................................................................PW-6
2.2.3 门驱动 / 副纸盘加压释放驱动..........................................................................................................PW-6
2.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PW-6
2.3.1 传输路径切换控制...........................................................................................................................PW-6
2.3.2 传输线速切换控制...........................................................................................................................PW-7
2.3.3 副纸盘出纸控制 ..............................................................................................................................PW-7
2.3.4 副纸盘纸张已满检测控制................................................................................................................PW-7
3. 垂直传输部 ............................................................................................................................... PW-8
3.1 配置 .......................................................................................................................................................PW-8
3.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PW-8
3.2.1 直角传输驱动 / 对齐驱动.................................................................................................................PW-8
3.2.2 重叠驱动 .........................................................................................................................................PW-9
3.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PW-9
3.3.1 纸张重叠控制..................................................................................................................................PW-9
3.3.2 对齐控制 .......................................................................................................................................PW-11
3.3.3 直角传输控制................................................................................................................................PW-12
4. 折叠部 .................................................................................................................................... PW-14
4.1 配置 .....................................................................................................................................................PW-14
4.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................PW-14
4.2.1 折叠入口驱动................................................................................................................................PW-14
4.2.2 折叠传输驱动................................................................................................................................PW-14
4.2.3 折叠刀驱动....................................................................................................................................PW-15
4.2.4 折叠主扫描对齐驱动 .....................................................................................................................PW-16
4.2.5 折叠副扫描对齐 / 对折出纸驱动....................................................................................................PW-16
4.2.6 导向轴驱动....................................................................................................................................PW-17

4.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................PW-17
4.3.1 折叠入口传输控制.........................................................................................................................PW-17
4.3.2 折叠主扫描对齐控制 .....................................................................................................................PW-18
4.3.3 折叠控制 .......................................................................................................................................PW-19
4.3.4 折叠副扫描对齐控制 .....................................................................................................................PW-22
4.3.5 导向轴控制....................................................................................................................................PW-23
5. 鞍式装订部 ............................................................................................................................. PW-25
5.1 配置 .....................................................................................................................................................PW-25
5.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................PW-25
5.2.1 鞍式装订对齐驱动.........................................................................................................................PW-25
5.2.2 鞍式装订固定器驱动 .....................................................................................................................PW-26
5.2.3 夹钳升降驱动................................................................................................................................PW-26
5.2.4 装订器 / 夹钳移动驱动 ..................................................................................................................PW-27
5.2.5 装订器 / 夹钳驱动..........................................................................................................................PW-27
5.2.6 纸叠臂旋转驱动 ............................................................................................................................PW-28
5.2.7 纸叠臂移动驱动 ............................................................................................................................PW-28
5.2.8 纸叠臂辅助驱动 ............................................................................................................................PW-29
5.2.9 纸叠夹驱动....................................................................................................................................PW-29
5.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................PW-29
5.3.1 鞍式装订对齐控制.........................................................................................................................PW-29
5.3.2 装订器 / 夹钳移动控制 ..................................................................................................................PW-30
5.3.3 鞍式装订固定器控制 .....................................................................................................................PW-31
5.3.4 夹钳升降控制................................................................................................................................PW-33
5.3.5 装订器控制....................................................................................................................................PW-34
5.3.6 纸叠臂控制....................................................................................................................................PW-35
5.3.7 纸叠臂辅助控制 ............................................................................................................................PW-38
5.3.8 纸叠夹控制....................................................................................................................................PW-39
6. 纸叠处理部 ............................................................................................................................. PW-43
6.1 配置 .....................................................................................................................................................PW-43
6.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................PW-43
6.2.1 纸叠加压台提升驱动 .....................................................................................................................PW-43
6.2.2 纸叠加压移动驱动.........................................................................................................................PW-44
6.2.3 纸叠对位驱动................................................................................................................................PW-44
6.2.4 纸叠加压驱动................................................................................................................................PW-45
6.2.5 纸叠出纸驱动................................................................................................................................PW-45
6.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................PW-46
6.3.1 纸叠加压台升降控制 .....................................................................................................................PW-46
6.3.2 纸叠加压移动控制.........................................................................................................................PW-48
6.3.3 纸叠加压控制................................................................................................................................PW-50
6.3.4 纸叠对位控制................................................................................................................................PW-51
6.3.5 纸叠出纸控制................................................................................................................................PW-52
7. 裁切器部 ................................................................................................................................ PW-58
7.1 配置 .....................................................................................................................................................PW-58
7.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................PW-58
7.2.1 裁切器加压驱动 ............................................................................................................................PW-58
7.2.2 裁切刀驱动....................................................................................................................................PW-59
7.2.3 裁切器板驱动................................................................................................................................PW-60
7.2.4 叶片驱动 .......................................................................................................................................PW-60
7.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................PW-60
7.3.1 裁切器加压控制 ............................................................................................................................PW-60
7.3.2 裁切刀控制....................................................................................................................................PW-62
7.3.3 裁切器板控制................................................................................................................................PW-64
7.3.4 裁切器叶片控制 ............................................................................................................................PW-65
PX. SD-513 操作原理............................................................................................. PX-1
1. 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................... PX-1
1.1 整个系统 .................................................................................................................................................PX-1
1.2 后部控制台..............................................................................................................................................PX-1
1.3 前部控制台..............................................................................................................................................PX-2
2. 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................... PX-3
2.1 直接出纸模式 , 副纸盘模式 .....................................................................................................................PX-3
2.2 重叠三折叠模式 ......................................................................................................................................PX-3
2.3 多张对折模式 , 折叠 & 装订和裁切模式 ..................................................................................................PX-4
2.3.1 后部控制台的传输路径.....................................................................................................................PX-4
2.3.2 从后部控制台至前部控制台的传输路径 ...........................................................................................PX-4
2.3.3 前部控制台的传输路径.....................................................................................................................PX-5
3. 入口传输部................................................................................................................................. PX-6

3.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PX-6
3.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PX-7
3.2.1 入口门驱动.......................................................................................................................................PX-7
3.2.2 反转 / 出纸门驱动.............................................................................................................................PX-8
3.2.3 入口传输驱动...................................................................................................................................PX-8
3.2.4 反转出纸驱动 , 反转出纸辊加压释放驱动 ........................................................................................PX-9
3.2.5 重新进纸驱动 , 重新进纸辊加压释放驱动 ......................................................................................PX-10
3.2.6 CD 对齐板驱动 ..............................................................................................................................PX-11
3.2.7 前部止动器驱动 .............................................................................................................................PX-12
3.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-12
3.3.1 传输路径切换控制..........................................................................................................................PX-12
3.3.2 线速切换控制.................................................................................................................................PX-14
3.3.3 重叠传输控制.................................................................................................................................PX-15
3.3.4 反转出纸辊加压释放控制...............................................................................................................PX-16
3.3.5 堆叠辅助控制.................................................................................................................................PX-17
3.3.6 对齐控制 ........................................................................................................................................PX-18
3.3.7 重新进纸辊加压释放控制...............................................................................................................PX-20
4. 折叠传输部............................................................................................................................... PX-23
4.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-23
4.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-24
4.2.1 水平传输驱动 /1 .............................................................................................................................PX-24
4.2.2 副纸盘门驱动.................................................................................................................................PX-25
4.2.3 水平传输驱动 /2 .............................................................................................................................PX-25
4.2.4 水平传输加压释放驱动 /1...............................................................................................................PX-26
4.2.5 水平传输加压释放驱动 /2...............................................................................................................PX-26
4.2.6 第一折叠止动器驱动 ......................................................................................................................PX-27
4.2.7 第一折叠 FD 对齐驱动 ...................................................................................................................PX-27
4.2.8 折叠辊驱动 , 三折叠传输驱动.........................................................................................................PX-27
4.2.9 第一折叠刀驱动 .............................................................................................................................PX-28
4.2.10 第二折叠刀驱动 ...........................................................................................................................PX-28
4.2.11 折叠辊导板驱动 ...........................................................................................................................PX-29
4.2.12 对折传输驱动...............................................................................................................................PX-30
4.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-30
4.3.1 传输路径切换控制..........................................................................................................................PX-30
4.3.2 水平传输控制.................................................................................................................................PX-31
4.3.3 水平传输加压释放控制...................................................................................................................PX-32
4.3.4 垂直对齐控制.................................................................................................................................PX-35
4.3.5 第一折叠刀控制 .............................................................................................................................PX-35
4.3.6 折叠控制 ........................................................................................................................................PX-37
4.3.7 第二折叠刀控制 .............................................................................................................................PX-39
4.3.8 对折传输控制.................................................................................................................................PX-41
5. 副纸盘 , 三折叠纸盘部.............................................................................................................. PX-42
5.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-42
5.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-43
5.2.1 副纸盘 , 三折叠纸盘出纸驱动.........................................................................................................PX-43
5.2.2 三折叠出纸门驱动..........................................................................................................................PX-43
5.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-43
5.3.1 传输路径切换控制..........................................................................................................................PX-43
5.3.2 副纸盘 , 三折叠纸盘出纸控制.........................................................................................................PX-44
5.3.3 副纸盘纸张 , 三折叠纸盘纸张已满检测控制...................................................................................PX-45
6. 鞍式装订部............................................................................................................................... PX-47
6.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-47
6.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-48
6.2.1 鞍式装订对齐驱动 / 后 ...................................................................................................................PX-48
6.2.2 鞍式装订对齐驱动 / 中 ...................................................................................................................PX-48
6.2.3 鞍式装订对齐板释放驱动...............................................................................................................PX-49
6.2.4 鞍式装订对齐驱动 / 前 ...................................................................................................................PX-49
6.2.5 小册子固定驱动 .............................................................................................................................PX-50
6.2.6 装订头驱动.....................................................................................................................................PX-51
6.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-51
6.3.1 鞍式装订对齐控制..........................................................................................................................PX-51
6.3.2 装订器移动控制 .............................................................................................................................PX-54
6.3.3 小册子固定控制 .............................................................................................................................PX-55
6.3.4 装订器控制.....................................................................................................................................PX-55
7. 小册子移动部 ........................................................................................................................... PX-57
7.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-57
7.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-58
7.2.1 小册子固定单元驱动 ......................................................................................................................PX-58

7.2.2 小册子固定驱动 .............................................................................................................................PX-59
7.2.3 小册子设置驱动 .............................................................................................................................PX-60
7.2.4 书本移动驱动.................................................................................................................................PX-61
7.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-61
7.3.1 小册子固定控制 .............................................................................................................................PX-61
7.3.2 小册子移动控制 .............................................................................................................................PX-62
8. 夹钳部...................................................................................................................................... PX-64
8.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-64
8.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-65
8.2.1 夹钳升降驱动.................................................................................................................................PX-65
8.2.2 夹钳 / 左驱动..................................................................................................................................PX-66
8.2.3 夹钳 / 右驱动..................................................................................................................................PX-66
8.2.4 提升板驱动.....................................................................................................................................PX-67
8.2.5 提升板升降驱动 .............................................................................................................................PX-67
8.2.6 前缘止动器驱动 .............................................................................................................................PX-68
8.2.7 前缘卡爪驱动.................................................................................................................................PX-69
8.2.8 裁切器小册子固定驱动...................................................................................................................PX-70
8.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-70
8.3.1 夹钳控制 ........................................................................................................................................PX-70
8.3.2 提升控制 ........................................................................................................................................PX-73
8.3.3 前缘止动器控制 .............................................................................................................................PX-75
8.3.4 裁切器小册子固定控制...................................................................................................................PX-77
8.3.5 前部控制台锁定控制 ......................................................................................................................PX-78
9. 裁切器部 .................................................................................................................................. PX-80
9.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-80
9.2 驱动 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-81
9.2.1 裁切器加压驱动 .............................................................................................................................PX-81
9.2.2 裁切器制动器驱动..........................................................................................................................PX-82
9.2.3 裁切刀驱动.....................................................................................................................................PX-83
9.2.4 裁切器板驱动.................................................................................................................................PX-84
9.2.5 裁切器叶片驱动 .............................................................................................................................PX-84
9.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PX-84
9.3.1 裁切器加压控制 .............................................................................................................................PX-84
9.3.2 裁切刀控制.....................................................................................................................................PX-87
9.3.3 裁切器板控制.................................................................................................................................PX-88
9.3.4 裁切器叶片控制 .............................................................................................................................PX-89
9.3.5 裁切器挡板控制 .............................................................................................................................PX-90
9.3.6 裁切废料盒已满检测控制...............................................................................................................PX-91
10. 小册子纸盘部 ......................................................................................................................... PX-93
10.1 配置 ....................................................................................................................................................PX-93
10.2 驱动 ....................................................................................................................................................PX-94
10.2.1 夹持辊加压驱动 ...........................................................................................................................PX-94
10.2.2 夹持辊旋转驱动 ...........................................................................................................................PX-95
10.2.3 小册子纸盘出纸驱动 ....................................................................................................................PX-96
10.2.4 出纸皮带驱动...............................................................................................................................PX-97
10.3 操作 ....................................................................................................................................................PX-97
10.3.1 夹持辊控制...................................................................................................................................PX-97
10.3.2 小册子纸盘出纸控制 ..................................................................................................................PX-100
10.3.3 出纸皮带控制.............................................................................................................................PX-101
10.3.4 出纸挡板控制.............................................................................................................................PX-102
10.3.5 小册子纸盘纸张已满检测控制....................................................................................................PX-104
PY. CR-101 操作原理 ............................................................................................ PY-1
1. 概述............................................................................................................................................ PY-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PY-1
1.2 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................................PY-1
2. 折缝器部 .................................................................................................................................... PY-2
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PY-2
2.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PY-2
2.2.1 折缝器驱动.......................................................................................................................................PY-2
2.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................PY-2
2.3.1 纸张传输控制...................................................................................................................................PY-2
2.3.2 出纸对齐控制...................................................................................................................................PY-2
2.3.3 折缝器控制.......................................................................................................................................PY-3
PZ. TU-503 操作原理..............................................................................................PZ-1

1. 概述............................................................................................................................................ PZ-1
1.1 单元配置 .................................................................................................................................................PZ-1
1.2 纸张路径 .................................................................................................................................................PZ-1
2. 传输部........................................................................................................................................ PZ-2
2.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PZ-2
2.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PZ-2
2.2.1 传输门驱动.......................................................................................................................................PZ-2
2.2.2 传输驱动 ..........................................................................................................................................PZ-2
2.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................PZ-3
2.3.1 门打开关闭控制 ...............................................................................................................................PZ-3
2.3.2 对位控制 ..........................................................................................................................................PZ-4
3. 切纸机部 .................................................................................................................................... PZ-6
3.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PZ-6
3.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PZ-6
3.2.1 裁切机位置移位驱动 ........................................................................................................................PZ-6
3.2.2 裁切刀具驱动...................................................................................................................................PZ-7
3.3 操作 ........................................................................................................................................................PZ-7
3.3.1 裁切器控制.......................................................................................................................................PZ-7
4. 旋转刀具部................................................................................................................................. PZ-9
4.1 配置 ........................................................................................................................................................PZ-9
4.2 驱动 ........................................................................................................................................................PZ-9
4.2.1 裁切废料裁切器驱动 ........................................................................................................................PZ-9
4.3 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PZ-10
4.3.1 裁切废料裁切器控制 ......................................................................................................................PZ-10
4.3.2 切纸机挡板控制 .............................................................................................................................PZ-11
5. 裁切废料盒部 ........................................................................................................................... PZ-13
5.1 配置 ......................................................................................................................................................PZ-13
5.2 操作 ......................................................................................................................................................PZ-13
5.2.1 裁切废料盒到位检测控制...............................................................................................................PZ-13
5.2.2 裁切废料盒已满检测控制...............................................................................................................PZ-13
PAA. FD-504 操作原理 ........................................................................................ PAA-1
1. 概述..........................................................................................................................................PAA-1
1.1 单元配置 .............................................................................................................................................. PAA-1
1.2 纸张路径 .............................................................................................................................................. PAA-1
2. 夹钳升降部...............................................................................................................................PAA-2
2.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PAA-2
2.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PAA-2
2.2.1 FD 夹钳升降驱动 .......................................................................................................................... PAA-2
2.3 操作 ..................................................................................................................................................... PAA-3
2.3.1 FD 夹钳升降控制 .......................................................................................................................... PAA-3
3. 夹钳部......................................................................................................................................PAA-5
3.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PAA-5
3.2 驱动 ..................................................................................................................................................... PAA-5
3.2.1 FD 夹钳驱动 ................................................................................................................................. PAA-5
3.3 操作 ..................................................................................................................................................... PAA-5
3.3.1 FD 夹钳控制 ................................................................................................................................. PAA-5
4. 书脊角形成部 .........................................................................................................................PAA-11
4.1 配置 ................................................................................................................................................... PAA-11
4.2 驱动 ................................................................................................................................................... PAA-11
4.2.1 书脊角形成驱动 .......................................................................................................................... PAA-11
4.3 操作 ................................................................................................................................................... PAA-11
4.3.1 书脊角形成控制 .......................................................................................................................... PAA-11
PAB. PB-503 操作原理 ........................................................................................ PAB-1
1. 概述 .........................................................................................................................................PAB-1
1.1 单元配置 .............................................................................................................................................. PAB-1
1.2 纸张路径 ............................................................................................................................................. PAB-2
1.2.1 副纸盘出纸.................................................................................................................................... PAB-2
1.2.2 胶装模式 ....................................................................................................................................... PAB-2
1.2.3 中继传输模式................................................................................................................................ PAB-4
2. 传输部 .....................................................................................................................................PAB-5
2.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PAB-5
2.2 驱动 .................................................................................................................................................... PAB-5
2.2.1 入口传输驱动 / 中间传输驱动 / 封面纸传输驱动 ........................................................................... PAB-5
2.2.2 入口门驱动 / 旁路门驱动 / 副纸盘门驱动 / 副纸盘出纸和分离驱动 ............................................... PAB-6

2.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................... PAB-7
2.3.1 门控制........................................................................................................................................... PAB-7
2.3.2 入口传输控制................................................................................................................................ PAB-8
2.3.3 中间传输控制................................................................................................................................ PAB-9
2.3.4 封面纸传输控制 ............................................................................................................................ PAB-9
2.3.5 副纸盘出纸释放控制 ..................................................................................................................... PAB-9
2.3.6 副纸盘已满状态检测控制.............................................................................................................. PAB-9
2.3.7 封面纸多张进纸检测控制.............................................................................................................. PAB-9
3. 子整理 (SC) 部 ......................................................................................................................PAB-11
3.1 配置 ................................................................................................................................................... PAB-11
3.2 驱动 .................................................................................................................................................. PAB-12
3.2.1 SC 入口传输驱动 / 反转传输驱动 / 纸叠传输驱动 ....................................................................... PAB-12
3.2.2 反转释放驱动.............................................................................................................................. PAB-12
3.2.3 SC 辊释放驱动 / 钳位入口释放驱动............................................................................................ PAB-13
3.2.4 钳位入口移动驱动..........

7.2.2 进纸驱动 ..................................................................................................................................... PAB-47
7.2.3 拾纸驱动 ..................................................................................................................................... PAB-47
7.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................. PAB-48
7.3.1 升降控制 ..................................................................................................................................... PAB-48
7.3.2 拾纸机构 ..................................................................................................................................... PAB-49
7.3.3 分离机构 ..................................................................................................................................... PAB-49
7.3.4 进纸机构 ..................................................................................................................................... PAB-50
7.3.5 空气辅助机构.............................................................................................................................. PAB-50
7.3.6 封面纸缺纸检测控制 ................................................................................................................... PAB-50
7.3.7 进纸辅助板.................................................................................................................................. PAB-50
8. 封面纸台部 ............................................................................................................................PAB-52
8.1 配置 ................................................................................................................................................... PAB-52
8.2 驱动 .................................................................................................................................................. PAB-53
8.2.1 封面纸台升降 / 前和 / 后驱动 ...................................................................................................... PAB-53
8.2.2 封面纸对齐驱动 .......................................................................................................................... PAB-53
8.2.3 封面纸传输驱动 .......................................................................................................................... PAB-54
8.2.4 书本输出部.................................................................................................................................. PAB-54
8.2.5 封面纸折叠板 / 右和 / 左驱动 ...................................................................................................... PAB-54
8.2.6 封面纸传输臂 / 后和 / 左驱动 ...................................................................................................... PAB-55
8.2.7 封面纸提升驱动 .......................................................................................................................... PAB-55
8.2.8 刀具驱动 ..................................................................................................................................... PAB-55
8.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................. PAB-55
8.3.1 封面纸台部操作概述 ................................................................................................................... PAB-55
8.3.2 封面纸传输控制 .......................................................................................................................... PAB-59
8.3.3 封面纸裁切控制 .......................................................................................................................... PAB-60
8.3.4 封面纸对齐驱动 .......................................................................................................................... PAB-61
8.3.5 封面纸台升降控制....................................................................................................................... PAB-62
8.3.6 封面纸折叠板控制....................................................................................................................... PAB-63
8.3.7 封面纸传输臂控制....................................................................................................................... PAB-65
8.3.8 封面纸提升 ( 支撑 ) 控制 ............................................................................................................. PAB-67
8.3.9 书本出纸控制.............................................................................................................................. PAB-68
8.3.10 废纸控制 ................................................................................................................................... PAB-68
9. 书本存储部 ............................................................................................................................PAB-70
9.1 配置 ................................................................................................................................................... PAB-70
9.2 驱动 .................................................................................................................................................. PAB-70
9.2.1 书本传输驱动.............................................................................................................................. PAB-70
9.2.2 书本传输皮带驱动....................................................................................................................... PAB-71
9.2.3 书本传输升降驱动....................................................................................................................... PAB-71
9.2.4 书本移动驱动.............................................................................................................................. PAB-72
9.2.5 书本止动器驱动 .......................................................................................................................... PAB-72
9.3 操作 .................................................................................................................................................. PAB-72
9.3.1 书本存储部操作概述 ................................................................................................................... PAB-72
9.3.2 书本传输及移动控制 ................................................................................................................... PAB-73
9.3.3 书本传输皮带控制....................................................................................................................... PAB-75
9.3.4 书本传输升降控制....................................................................................................................... PAB-76
9.3.5 书本移动控制.............................................................................................................................. PAB-76
9.3.6 书本止动器控制 .......................................................................................................................... PAB-77
9.3.7 书本已满状态检测控制................................................................................................................ PAB-77
10. 中继传输部 ..........................................................................................................................PAB-79
10.1 配置 ................................................................................................................................................. PAB-79
10.2 驱动 ................................................................................................................................................ PAB-80
10.2.1 中继传输辊驱动 / 中继出纸辊驱动 ............................................................................................ PAB-80
10.3 操作 ................................................................................................................................................ PAB-80
10.3.1 中继传输控制............................................................................................................................ PAB-80
11. 其它 .....................................................................................................................................PAB-81
11.1 风扇控制 .......................................................................................................................................... PAB-81
11.1.1 .................................................................................................................................................. PAB-81
11.2 门打开和关闭控制............................................................................................................................ PAB-81
PAC. GP-501 操作原理........................................................................................PAC-1
1. 前言..........................................................................................................................................PAC-1
1.1 简介 ..................................................................................................................................................... PAC-1
1.1.1 确定正确的期望 ............................................................................................................................ PAC-1
1.2 产品定位 .............................................................................................................................................. PAC-1
1.3 仅用于长边进纸 (LEF) ......................................................................................................................... PAC-1
2. 概述..........................................................................................................................................PAC-2
2.1 单元配置图........................................................................................................................................... PAC-2

2.2 纸张路径 .............................................................................................................................................. PAC-2
3. 传输部......................................................................................................................................PAC-3
3.1 配置 ..................................................................................................................................................... PAC-3
4. 操作原理 ..................................................................................................................................PAC-4
4.1 打孔传输控制....................................................................................................................................... PAC-4
4.2 打孔操作 .............................................................................................................................................. PAC-5
4.3 切屑盘控制........................................................................................................................................... PAC-6
4.4 手送传输控制....................................................................................................................................... PAC-6
5. 打孔模块 ..................................................................................................................................PAC-8
5.1 所需工具 .............................................................................................................................................. PAC-8
5.2 步骤 ..................................................................................................................................................... PAC-8
PAD. GP-502 操作原理........................................................................................PAD-1
1. 操作原理 ..................................................................................................................................PAD-1
Q. 图像位置调整 ...................................................................................................... Q-1
1. 了解纸张的特性............................................................................................................................ Q-1
1.1 纸张的收缩情况 ........................................................................................................................................Q-1
1.2 纸张的尺寸精度 ........................................................................................................................................Q-1
1.3 供应纸张时的注意事项..............................................................................................................................Q-1
2. 基本操作 ...................................................................................................................................... Q-2
2.1 双面调整 ( 准备工作 )................................................................................................................................Q-2
2.1.1 纸张的准备工作 .................................................................................................................................Q-2
2.1.2 关于调整步骤.....................................................................................................................................Q-2
2.2 双面调整 ( 机械调整和软件调整 )..............................................................................................................Q-2
2.2.1 歪斜机械调整 ( 副扫描方向 )..............................................................................................................Q-2
2.2.2 歪斜调整 ( 主扫描方向 ) .....................................................................................................................Q-5
2.2.3 歪斜机械调整 ( 主扫描 ) .....................................................................................................................Q-6
2.3 双面调整 ( 软件调整 )................................................................................................................................Q-8
2.3.1 皮带线速度调整 .................................................................................................................................Q-8
2.3.2 重新启动时序调整 ( 第二面 ) 的粗略调整...........................................................................................Q-9
2.3.3 CD 方向缩放调整 ( 第二面 ).............................................................................................................Q-10
2.3.4 对中自动调整...................................................................................................................................Q-12
2.3.5 对中传感器间隙调整 ........................................................................................................................Q-12
2.3.6 双面调整 ..........................................................................................................................................Q-13
2.4 关于双面调整..........................................................................................................................................Q-14
2.4.1 关于 " 使用手册 " 中 [12. Adjustment]( 调整 )-[Both Sides Adjust]( 双面调整 ) 的调整步骤..............Q-14
2.4.2 关于 " 使用手册 " 中 [12. Adjustment]( 调整 )-[Machine Adjustment]( 机器调整 ) 的调整步骤..........Q-14
2.5 关于线速度调整 ......................................................................................................................................Q-14
3. 高级操作 .................................................................................................................................... Q-15
3.1 出现意外的对中不准情况时 ....................................................................................................................Q-15
3.1.1 检查要点 ..........................................................................................................................................Q-15
3.1.2 对中 .................................................................................................................................................Q-15
3.1.3 歪斜 ( 倾斜 ) .....................................................................................................................................Q-16
3.1.4 纸张传输时序的问题 ........................................................................................................................Q-16
3.2 特定纸张歪斜时 ......................................................................................................................................Q-16
3.2.1 容易出现歪斜的纸张类型.................................................................................................................Q-16
3.2.2 检查要点和处理 ...............................................................................................................................Q-16
3.3 对中不准过度时 ......................................................................................................................................Q-17
3.3.1 检查要点和处理 ...............................................................................................................................Q-17
R. 色彩调整...............................................................................................................R-1
1. 执行时序和项目的组合................................................................................................................. R-1
1.1 连接了 IC-603 时.......................................................................................................................................R-1
1.2 连接了 IC-313 或 IC-417 时 ......................................................................................................................R-2
1.3 连接了 IC-314 时.......................................................................................................................................R-3
2. 质量调整 ...................................................................................................................................... R-5
2.1 选择屏幕 ...................................................................................................................................................R-5
2.1.1 执行时序 ............................................................................................................................................R-5
2.1.2 步骤 ...................................................................................................................................................R-5
2.2 自动 Gamma 调整.....................................................................................................................................R-6
2.2.1 执行时序 ............................................................................................................................................R-6
2.2.2 步骤 ...................................................................................................................................................R-7
2.3 浓度平衡调整............................................................................................................................................R-7
2.3.1 执行时序 ............................................................................................................................................R-7
2.3.2 步骤 ( 安装了扫描器时 ) .....................................................................................................................R-8

2.3.3 步骤 ( 未安装扫描器时 ) ...................................................................................................................R-13
2.4 最大浓度初始调整...................................................................................................................................R-44
2.4.1 执行时序 ..........................................................................................................................................R-44
2.4.2 调整目标值 ( 参考 ) ..........................................................................................................................R-45
2.4.3 准备工作 ..........................................................................................................................................R-46
2.4.4 浓度管理目标值的设置或更新步骤 ..................................................................................................R-47
2.4.5 维护步骤 ..........................................................................................................................................R-50
2.4.6 使用分光光度计测量浓度.................................................................................................................R-53
2.5 最大浓度自动调整 (RU) ..........................................................................................................................R-81
2.5.1 执行时序 ..........................................................................................................................................R-81
2.5.2 步骤 .................................................................................................................................................R-82
2.6 最大浓度调整..........................................................................................................................................R-83
2.6.1 执行时序 ..........................................................................................................................................R-83
2.6.2 步骤 .................................................................................................................................................R-84
2.7 色彩浓度控制设置...................................................................................................................................R-84
2.7.1 执行时序 ..........................................................................................................................................R-84
2.7.2 步骤 .................................................................................................................................................R-85
2.8 色彩浓度控制 ( 手动调整 ) ......................................................................................................................R-87
2.8.1 执行时序 ..........................................................................................................................................R-87
2.8.2 步骤 .................................................................................................................................................R-88
2.9 IC-603 校准.............................................................................................................................................R-90
2.9.1 执行时序 ..........................................................................................................................................R-90
2.9.2 步骤 ( 用于 i1Pro/i1Pro2/ES-1000/ES-2000 或 FD-5BT) .................................................................R-90
2.10 Exact Color...........................................................................................................................................R-97
2.10.1 执行时序 ........................................................................................................................................R-97
2.10.2 步骤 ( 用于 i1Pro/i1Pro2/ES-1000/ES-2000 或 FD-5BT) ...............................................................R-97
2.11 G7 校准...............................................................................................................................................R-103
2.11.1 执行时序 ......................................................................................................................................R-103
2.11.2 步骤 ( 用于 i1Pro/i1Pro2/ES-1000/ES-2000 或 FD-5BT) .............................................................R-104
2.12 IC-313/IC-417 校准.............................................................................................................................R-110
2.12.1 执行时序 ......................................................................................................................................R-110
2.12.2 步骤 ( 用于 i1Pro/i1Pro2/ES-1000/ES-2000) ...............................................................................R-111
2.13 IC-314 校准.........................................................................................................................................R-115
2.13.1 执行时序 ......................................................................................................................................R-115
2.13.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................R-115
2.14 IDC 传感器调整 ..................................................................................................................................R-116
2.14.1 执行时序 ......................................................................................................................................R-116
2.14.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................R-116
2.15 高亮区域自动调整...............................................................................................................................R-117
2.15.1 执行时序 ......................................................................................................................................R-117
2.15.2 步骤 .............................................................................................................................................R-117
S. 故障排除指南版本 1.0( 来自市场的报告 ) .............................................................S-1
1. 图像质量 .......................................................................................................................................S-1
1.1 色点 .......................................................................................................................................................... S-1
1.1.1 周期性白点 / 黑点...............................................................................................................................S-1
1.1.2 机器内部脏污导致彩点....................................................................................................................... S-1
1.1.3 彩点 ( 黑点 ) ....................................................................................................................................... S-2
1.1.4 显影漏电 ( 异物 ) 导致白点................................................................................................................. S-3
1.1.5 第二转印单元产生的白点................................................................................................................... S-4
1.2 线 / 带........................................................................................................................................................ S-4
1.2.1 线条和浓度不均问题的对策流程 ........................................................................................................ S-4
1.2.2 白色线条 ( 至副扫描方向 ) ................................................................................................................. S-6
1.2.3 定影出纸辊导致的平滑线条 ............................................................................................................... S-8
1.2.4 厚纸上打印的半色调图像主扫描方向出现色带 ( 不稳定问题 ) ........................................................... S-8
1.2.5 图像上类似波纹的线条..................................................................................................................... S-10
1.2.6 废碳粉结块....................................................................................................................................... S-11
1.2.7 在距离主缘最多 44mm 的位置或白色区域 44mm 后的位置出现过浓的图像 ( 显影记忆 )................ S-11
1.2.8 第二转印和定影之间速度差导致的主扫描方向 (CD) 的线条或色带 ................................................. S-12
1.2.9 受臭氧的影响 , 图像变得模糊 ( 周期性的白色带 ) ............................................................................ S-13
1.2.10 光电导体 ( 感光鼓 ) 记忆 ................................................................................................................ S-14
1.2.11 显影歪斜标记 ( 低速下 ) ................................................................................................................. S-16
1.2.12 速度变化导致图像上出现线条或色带 ( 振动噪点 ) ......................................................................... S-18
1.2.13 显影辊 (44mm) 周期色带 ( 浓度不同 )............................................................................................ S-23
1.2.14 高湿环境机器会出现较浓或较淡的不规则色带 ( 绿色 ) .................................................................. S-24
1.2.15 尾缘抖动线条................................................................................................................................. S-24
1.2.16 8mm 间隔 FD 线条......................................................................................................................... S-25

1.2.17 静电导致浓度更改.......................................................................................................................... S-26
1.2.18 FD 线条和色带...............................................................................................................................S-27
1.2.19 定影单元导致 5mm 周期性浓度差异.............................................................................................. S-29
1.2.20 主缘 13mm 处 CD 方向出现彩色线条 ............................................................................................ S-29
1.2.21 分离爪标记导致出现白色线条........................................................................................................ S-30
1.2.22 边距宽度 CD 方向出现光滑色带 .................................................................................................... S-31
1.2.23 尾缘的角落缺少图像 ( 主扫描方向 (CD) 脏污 ) .............................................................................. S-32
1.3 其它 ........................................................................................................................................................ S-32
1.3.1 白色部分后的图像变浓 ( 显影重影 ) ................................................................................................. S-32
1.3.2 图像尾缘浓度变深............................................................................................................................ S-33
1.3.3 连续低覆盖率打印后的图像背景或碳粉飞溅问题............................................................................. S-34
1.3.4 如何在持续打印期间保持色彩一致 .................................................................................................. S-34
1.3.5 "Dens. Adj. Per Paper"( 各张纸的浓度调整 ) 设置为正 (+) 值时浓度意外下降................................. S-35
1.3.6 较小的空白区域或色彩对位错误 ...................................................................................................... S-37
1.3.7 光泽度过高....................................................................................................................................... S-37
1.3.8 双面的第一面出现图像粗糙问题 ...................................................................................................... S-38
1.3.9 厚纸主缘和尾缘出现白色或彩色带 .................................................................................................. S-39
1.3.10 C-2451,C-2452,C-2453 或 C-2454, 碳粉浓度低............................................................................ S-40
1.3.11 图像前部转印不佳.......................................................................................................................... S-40
1.3.12 防止背面脏污................................................................................................................................. S-42
1.3.13 边缘轮廓线模糊 , 变浓 ................................................................................................................... S-42
1.3.14 高温下的图像背景.......................................................................................................................... S-43
1.3.15 图像背面脏污................................................................................................................................. S-44
1.3.16 转印带边缘碳粉未清除................................................................................................................... S-45
1.3.17 供入的提花纸上发生转印问题........................................................................................................ S-46
1.3.18 非铜版纸 ( 非平滑纸 ) 上的图像浓度变淡....................................................................................... S-48
1.3.19 光泽度记忆..................................................................................................................................... S-50
1.3.20 线中央不连贯................................................................................................................................. S-51
1.3.21 混合色文本模糊 ............................................................................................................................. S-51
1.3.22 定影单元引起的图像偏移............................................................................................................... S-53
1.3.23 碳粉带控制设置 ............................................................................................................................. S-57
1.3.24 在小尺寸厚纸 ( 例如 , 明信片 ) 的第二面出现色彩不均问题........................................................... S-61
1.4 通过使用 CSRA 进行故障排除................................................................................................................ S-62
1.4.1 图像浓度较浓 / 较淡和图像背景问题 (CSRA 方式 ) ......................................................................... S-62
2. 纸张.............................................................................................................................................S-65
2.1 其它 ........................................................................................................................................................ S-65
2.1.1 纸张褶皱 .......................................................................................................................................... S-65
2.1.2 用于 OHP 胶片打印的设置............................................................................................................... S-65
2.1.3 尾缘歪斜 .......................................................................................................................................... S-66
2.1.4 打印后的纸张卷曲 ( 无 RU 连接 )..................................................................................................... S-66
2.1.5 定影卷绕卡纸................................................................................................................................... S-67
2.1.6 未进纸 (J-1101/J-1201) ................................................................................................................... S-69
2.1.7 FD 方向纸张 48mm 处周期性出现凹痕............................................................................................ S-71
2.1.8 对中错误 (±5 mm 或以上 ) ............................................................................................................... S-73
2.1.9 静电导致纸张相互粘附..................................................................................................................... S-75
2.1.10 选购件中的静电粘连情况............................................................................................................... S-78
2.1.11 定影纸张卷绕卡纸移除步骤 ........................................................................................................... S-81
2.1.12 J-3102, 第二转印单元薄纸进纸故障 .............................................................................................. S-84
2.1.13 双面打印纸张褶皱.......................................................................................................................... S-86
2.1.14 J-3201 纸张被定影分离爪夹住....................................................................................................... S-86
2.1.15 纸张主缘的边角折叠 , 机器前侧..................................................................................................... S-87
2.1.16 主缘看起来不良 ( 纸张剥开等碰撞造成的标记 )............................................................................. S-88
2.1.17 SRA4S 纸张尾缘的边角折叠 , 机器后侧 ........................................................................................ S-89
2.1.18 拾纸卡纸清除工作流程................................................................................................................... S-90
2.2 通过使用 CSRA 进行故障排除.............................................................................................................. S-105
2.2.1 J-16xx(CSRA 方式 )....................................................................................................................... S-105
3. 机器故障 ...................................................................................................................................S-108
3.1 控制 ...................................................................................................................................................... S-108
3.1.1 在尝试数次后高亮区域自动调整未正常完成 . ................................................................................ S-108
3.1.2 在机器指示正在除湿时不接受打印作业 ......................................................................................... S-108
3.2 错误代码 ............................................................................................................................................... S-108
3.2.1 出现 C-2451,C-2452,C-2453 和 C-2454........................................................................................ S-108
3.2.2 C-3102 ADU 线束连接头断开........................................................................................................ S-108
3.2.3 出现 C2455/C2456/C2457/C2458 碳粉浓度异常 ( 高浓度 )........................................................... S-110
3.3 其它 ...................................................................................................................................................... S-111
3.3.1 无法识别选购件 . 系统配置中显示没有选购件 ............................................................................... S-111
3.3.2 如何排出显影剂 ............................................................................................................................. S-111
3.3.3 图像移位 ........................................................................................................................................ S-113

3.3.4 显影挡板安装工作注意事项 ........................................................................................................... S-114
3.3.5 晨间低温低湿时首次作业生产力降低............................................................................................. S-116
3.3.6 解除用于高温环境下小尺寸打印的生产力降低模式 ( 调整用于清洁刮板的碳粉带创建周期 )......... S-116
3.3.7 ADU MT 杆难以释放...................................................................................................................... S-117
4. 选购件.......................................................................................................................................S-120
4.1 PF-707.......................................................................................................................................... S-120
4.1.1 高温度和高湿度下普通高级纸的多张进纸...................................................................................... S-120
4.1.2 PF-707 纸张褶皱 ........................................................................................................................... S-120
4.1.3 PF-707 小尺寸纸张歪斜................................................................................................................. S-121
4.1.4 PF-707 小尺寸纸张边角折叠 ( 页角被折 ) 和传输卡纸................................................................... S-124
4.2 LU-202m/LU-202XL.............................................................................................................................. S-126
4.2.1 供入西式信封时出现未进纸 / 纸张歪斜问题 ( 使用 MK-746 时 )..................................................... S-126
4.2.2 供入了厚纸和铜版纸时出现 LU-202m/LU-202XL J-1501( 未进纸 ). .............................................. S-127
4.2.3 供入铜版纸时出现 LU-202m/LU-202XL J-1502( 未进纸 ).............................................................. S-127
4.2.4 LU-202XL 在距离主缘 104mm,208mm, 距离尾缘 614mm 的位置出现黑色线条或尾缘空间较窄 ( 缩放故
障 )........................................................................................................................................................... S-128
4.3 OT-510 ..................................................................................................................................... S-129
4.3.1 J-7229 纸张尾缘没有从出纸部出来 ( 连接 OT-510)....................................................................... S-129
4.4 FS-532.................................................................................................................................................. S-129
4.4.1 主纸盘出纸的不规则对应............................................................................................................... S-129
SA. SD-513 故障排除指南版本 1.0( 来自市场的报告 )........................................................................ SA-1
1. SD-513....................................................................................................................................... SA-1
1.1 夹持门打开 / 关闭问题 ............................................................................................................................SA-1
1.1.1 症状 .................................................................................................................................................SA-1
1.1.2 原因 .................................................................................................................................................SA-1
1.1.3 解决方案 ..........................................................................................................................................SA-1
1.1.4 步骤 .................................................................................................................................................SA-1
1.2 入口传输部卡纸 ( 纸张褶皱卷曲 )............................................................................................................SA-1
1.2.1 症状 .................................................................................................................................................SA-1
1.2.2 原因 .................................................................................................................................................SA-2
1.2.3 解决方案 ..........................................................................................................................................SA-2
1.3 小册子边缘脏污 ( 机器前侧 )...................................................................................................................SA-2
1.3.1 症状 .................................................................................................................................................SA-2
1.3.2 原因 .................................................................................................................................................SA-3
1.3.3 解决方案 ..........................................................................................................................................SA-3
1.4 4 针小册子尾缘的折叠线断裂 .................................................................................................................SA-3
1.4.1 症状 .................................................................................................................................................SA-3
1.4.2 原因 .................................................................................................................................................SA-4
1.4.3 解决方案 ..........................................................................................................................................SA-4
1.5 如何计算前缘裁切调整值......................................................................................................................SA-4
1.5.1 症状 .................................................................................................................................................SA-4
1.5.2 原因 .................................................................................................................................................SA-4
1.5.3 解决方案 ..........................................................................................................................................SA-4
1.6 前缘裁切部 ( 边角 ) 纸张卷边 / 剪切不足.................................................................................................SA-5
1.6.1 症状 .................................................................................................................................................SA-5
1.6.2 原因 .................................................................................................................................................SA-5
1.6.3 解决方案 ..........................................................................................................................................SA-6
2. TU-503................................................................................................................................................. SA-7
2.1 输入错误自定义尺寸导致的切纸器卡纸 /SC ...........................................................................................SA-7
2.1.1 症状 .................................................................................................................................................SA-7
2.1.2 问题案例 ..........................................................................................................................................SA-7
2.1.3 原因 .................................................................................................................................................SA-7
2.1.4 解决方案 ..........................................................................................................................................SA-8
2.2 如何清除切纸器废料卡纸........................................................................................................................SA-8
2.2.1 症状 .................................................................................................................................................SA-8
2.2.2 原因 .................................................................................................................................................SA-8
2.2.3 解决方案 ..........................................................................................................................................SA-8
3. FD-504................................................................................................................................................. SA-10
3.1 夹持位置的小册子侧面脏污 ..................................................................................................................SA-10
3.1.1 症状 ...............................................................................................................................................SA-10
3.1.2 原因 ...............................................................................................................................................SA-10
3.1.3 解决方案 ........................................................................................................................................SA-10


暂无购物记录
    暂无商品评价
服务时间 9:00-22:00